mirror of
https://github.com/gosticks/DefinitelyTyped.git
synced 2025-10-16 12:05:41 +00:00
9249 lines
291 KiB
TypeScript
9249 lines
291 KiB
TypeScript
// Type definitions for square-connect 2.20190410
|
||
// Project: https://docs.connect.squareup.com/
|
||
// Definitions by: Dmitri Dimitrioglo <https://github.com/ddimitrioglo>
|
||
// Definitions: https://github.com/DefinitelyTyped/DefinitelyTyped
|
||
// TypeScript Version: 2.4
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @version Square Connect API v20190410
|
||
* @note: This class is MOSTLY generated by the swagger code generator program.
|
||
* @link https://github.com/swagger-api/swagger-codegen.git
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents an additional recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class AdditionalRecipient {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The description of the additional recipient.
|
||
*/
|
||
description: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money distributed to the recipient.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The unique ID for this [AdditionalRecipientReceivable](#type-additionalrecipientreceivable), assigned by the server.
|
||
*/
|
||
receivable_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a monetary distribution of part of a [Transaction](#type-transaction)'s amount for Transactions which
|
||
* included additional recipients. The location of this receivable is that same as the one specified in the
|
||
* [AdditionalRecipient](#type-additionalrecipient).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class AdditionalRecipientReceivable {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The additional recipient receivable's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers.
|
||
*/
|
||
id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the transaction that the additional recipient receivable was applied to.
|
||
*/
|
||
transaction_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
transaction_location_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of the receivable. This will always be non-negative.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the additional recipient receivable was created, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any refunds of the receivable that have been applied.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunds?: Array<AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A refund of an [AdditionalRecipientReceivable](#type-additionalrecipientreceivable). This includes the ID of the
|
||
* additional recipient receivable associated to this object, as well as a reference to the [Refund](#type-refund) that
|
||
* created this receivable refund.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The receivable refund's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers.
|
||
*/
|
||
id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the receivable that the refund was applied to.
|
||
*/
|
||
receivable_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the refund that is associated to this receivable refund.
|
||
*/
|
||
refund_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
transaction_location_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of the refund. This will always be non-negative.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a physical address.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Address {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The first line of the address. Fields that start with `address_line` provide the address's most specific
|
||
* details, like street number, street name, and building name. They do *not* provide less specific details like
|
||
* city, state/province, or country (these details are provided in other fields).
|
||
*/
|
||
address_line_1?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The second line of the address, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
address_line_2?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The third line of the address, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
address_line_3?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The city or town of the address.
|
||
*/
|
||
locality?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A civil region within the address's `locality`, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
sublocality?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A civil region within the address's `sublocality`, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
sublocality_2?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A civil region within the address's `sublocality_2`, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
sublocality_3?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A civil entity within the address's country. In the US, this is the state.
|
||
*/
|
||
administrative_district_level_1?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_1`. In the US, this is the county.
|
||
*/
|
||
administrative_district_level_2?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_2`, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
administrative_district_level_3?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The address's postal code.
|
||
*/
|
||
postal_code?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The address's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
country?: Address.CountryEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Optional first name when it's representing recipient.
|
||
*/
|
||
first_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Optional last name when it's representing recipient.
|
||
*/
|
||
last_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Optional organization name when it's representing recipient.
|
||
*/
|
||
organization?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Address {
|
||
export enum CountryEnum {
|
||
ZZ = 'ZZ',
|
||
AD = 'AD',
|
||
AE = 'AE',
|
||
AF = 'AF',
|
||
AG = 'AG',
|
||
AI = 'AI',
|
||
AL = 'AL',
|
||
AM = 'AM',
|
||
AO = 'AO',
|
||
AQ = 'AQ',
|
||
AR = 'AR',
|
||
AS = 'AS',
|
||
AT = 'AT',
|
||
AU = 'AU',
|
||
AW = 'AW',
|
||
AX = 'AX',
|
||
AZ = 'AZ',
|
||
BA = 'BA',
|
||
BB = 'BB',
|
||
BD = 'BD',
|
||
BE = 'BE',
|
||
BF = 'BF',
|
||
BG = 'BG',
|
||
BH = 'BH',
|
||
BI = 'BI',
|
||
BJ = 'BJ',
|
||
BL = 'BL',
|
||
BM = 'BM',
|
||
BN = 'BN',
|
||
BO = 'BO',
|
||
BQ = 'BQ',
|
||
BR = 'BR',
|
||
BS = 'BS',
|
||
BT = 'BT',
|
||
BV = 'BV',
|
||
BW = 'BW',
|
||
BY = 'BY',
|
||
BZ = 'BZ',
|
||
CA = 'CA',
|
||
CC = 'CC',
|
||
CD = 'CD',
|
||
CF = 'CF',
|
||
CG = 'CG',
|
||
CH = 'CH',
|
||
CI = 'CI',
|
||
CK = 'CK',
|
||
CL = 'CL',
|
||
CM = 'CM',
|
||
CN = 'CN',
|
||
CO = 'CO',
|
||
CR = 'CR',
|
||
CU = 'CU',
|
||
CV = 'CV',
|
||
CW = 'CW',
|
||
CX = 'CX',
|
||
CY = 'CY',
|
||
CZ = 'CZ',
|
||
DE = 'DE',
|
||
DJ = 'DJ',
|
||
DK = 'DK',
|
||
DM = 'DM',
|
||
DO = 'DO',
|
||
DZ = 'DZ',
|
||
EC = 'EC',
|
||
EE = 'EE',
|
||
EG = 'EG',
|
||
EH = 'EH',
|
||
ER = 'ER',
|
||
ES = 'ES',
|
||
ET = 'ET',
|
||
FI = 'FI',
|
||
FJ = 'FJ',
|
||
FK = 'FK',
|
||
FM = 'FM',
|
||
FO = 'FO',
|
||
FR = 'FR',
|
||
GA = 'GA',
|
||
GB = 'GB',
|
||
GD = 'GD',
|
||
GE = 'GE',
|
||
GF = 'GF',
|
||
GG = 'GG',
|
||
GH = 'GH',
|
||
GI = 'GI',
|
||
GL = 'GL',
|
||
GM = 'GM',
|
||
GN = 'GN',
|
||
GP = 'GP',
|
||
GQ = 'GQ',
|
||
GR = 'GR',
|
||
GS = 'GS',
|
||
GT = 'GT',
|
||
GU = 'GU',
|
||
GW = 'GW',
|
||
GY = 'GY',
|
||
HK = 'HK',
|
||
HM = 'HM',
|
||
HN = 'HN',
|
||
HR = 'HR',
|
||
HT = 'HT',
|
||
HU = 'HU',
|
||
ID = 'ID',
|
||
IE = 'IE',
|
||
IL = 'IL',
|
||
IM = 'IM',
|
||
IN = 'IN',
|
||
IO = 'IO',
|
||
IQ = 'IQ',
|
||
IR = 'IR',
|
||
IS = 'IS',
|
||
IT = 'IT',
|
||
JE = 'JE',
|
||
JM = 'JM',
|
||
JO = 'JO',
|
||
JP = 'JP',
|
||
KE = 'KE',
|
||
KG = 'KG',
|
||
KH = 'KH',
|
||
KI = 'KI',
|
||
KM = 'KM',
|
||
KN = 'KN',
|
||
KP = 'KP',
|
||
KR = 'KR',
|
||
KW = 'KW',
|
||
KY = 'KY',
|
||
KZ = 'KZ',
|
||
LA = 'LA',
|
||
LB = 'LB',
|
||
LC = 'LC',
|
||
LI = 'LI',
|
||
LK = 'LK',
|
||
LR = 'LR',
|
||
LS = 'LS',
|
||
LT = 'LT',
|
||
LU = 'LU',
|
||
LV = 'LV',
|
||
LY = 'LY',
|
||
MA = 'MA',
|
||
MC = 'MC',
|
||
MD = 'MD',
|
||
ME = 'ME',
|
||
MF = 'MF',
|
||
MG = 'MG',
|
||
MH = 'MH',
|
||
MK = 'MK',
|
||
ML = 'ML',
|
||
MM = 'MM',
|
||
MN = 'MN',
|
||
MO = 'MO',
|
||
MP = 'MP',
|
||
MQ = 'MQ',
|
||
MR = 'MR',
|
||
MS = 'MS',
|
||
MT = 'MT',
|
||
MU = 'MU',
|
||
MV = 'MV',
|
||
MW = 'MW',
|
||
MX = 'MX',
|
||
MY = 'MY',
|
||
MZ = 'MZ',
|
||
NA = 'NA',
|
||
NC = 'NC',
|
||
NE = 'NE',
|
||
NF = 'NF',
|
||
NG = 'NG',
|
||
NI = 'NI',
|
||
NL = 'NL',
|
||
NO = 'NO',
|
||
NP = 'NP',
|
||
NR = 'NR',
|
||
NU = 'NU',
|
||
NZ = 'NZ',
|
||
OM = 'OM',
|
||
PA = 'PA',
|
||
PE = 'PE',
|
||
PF = 'PF',
|
||
PG = 'PG',
|
||
PH = 'PH',
|
||
PK = 'PK',
|
||
PL = 'PL',
|
||
PM = 'PM',
|
||
PN = 'PN',
|
||
PR = 'PR',
|
||
PS = 'PS',
|
||
PT = 'PT',
|
||
PW = 'PW',
|
||
PY = 'PY',
|
||
QA = 'QA',
|
||
RE = 'RE',
|
||
RO = 'RO',
|
||
RS = 'RS',
|
||
RU = 'RU',
|
||
RW = 'RW',
|
||
SA = 'SA',
|
||
SB = 'SB',
|
||
SC = 'SC',
|
||
SD = 'SD',
|
||
SE = 'SE',
|
||
SG = 'SG',
|
||
SH = 'SH',
|
||
SI = 'SI',
|
||
SJ = 'SJ',
|
||
SK = 'SK',
|
||
SL = 'SL',
|
||
SM = 'SM',
|
||
SN = 'SN',
|
||
SO = 'SO',
|
||
SR = 'SR',
|
||
SS = 'SS',
|
||
ST = 'ST',
|
||
SV = 'SV',
|
||
SX = 'SX',
|
||
SY = 'SY',
|
||
SZ = 'SZ',
|
||
TC = 'TC',
|
||
TD = 'TD',
|
||
TF = 'TF',
|
||
TG = 'TG',
|
||
TH = 'TH',
|
||
TJ = 'TJ',
|
||
TK = 'TK',
|
||
TL = 'TL',
|
||
TM = 'TM',
|
||
TN = 'TN',
|
||
TO = 'TO',
|
||
TR = 'TR',
|
||
TT = 'TT',
|
||
TV = 'TV',
|
||
TW = 'TW',
|
||
TZ = 'TZ',
|
||
UA = 'UA',
|
||
UG = 'UG',
|
||
UM = 'UM',
|
||
US = 'US',
|
||
UY = 'UY',
|
||
UZ = 'UZ',
|
||
VA = 'VA',
|
||
VC = 'VC',
|
||
VE = 'VE',
|
||
VG = 'VG',
|
||
VI = 'VI',
|
||
VN = 'VN',
|
||
VU = 'VU',
|
||
WF = 'WF',
|
||
WS = 'WS',
|
||
YE = 'YE',
|
||
YT = 'YT',
|
||
ZA = 'ZA',
|
||
ZM = 'ZM',
|
||
ZW = 'ZW',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchChangeInventoryRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A client-supplied, universally unique identifier (UUID) for the request.
|
||
* See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) in the [API Development 101](/basics/api101/overview) section for details.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of physical counts and inventory adjustments to be made.
|
||
* Changes are applied based on the client-supplied timestamp and may be sent out of order. Max size is 100 changes.
|
||
*/
|
||
changes?: Array<InventoryChange>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the current physical count should be ignored if the quantity is unchanged since the last physical count.
|
||
* Default: `true`.
|
||
*/
|
||
ignore_unchanged_counts?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchChangeInventoryResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The current counts for all objects referenced in the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
counts?: Array<InventoryCount>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be deleted. \When an object is deleted, other objects in
|
||
* the graph that depend on that object will be deleted as well (for example, deleting a
|
||
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will delete its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s).
|
||
*/
|
||
object_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request.
|
||
*/
|
||
deleted_object_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z".
|
||
*/
|
||
deleted_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be retrieved.
|
||
*/
|
||
object_ids: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested objects, as follows:
|
||
* If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated
|
||
* [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and
|
||
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the
|
||
* response. If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation),
|
||
* its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response.
|
||
*/
|
||
include_related_objects?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
|
||
*/
|
||
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `objects` field.
|
||
*/
|
||
related_objects?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filters results by [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype). Default: [`PHYSICAL_COUNT`, `ADJUSTMENT`].
|
||
* `TRANSFER` is not supported as a filter.
|
||
*/
|
||
types?: Array<BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest.TypesEnum>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filters `ADJUSTMENT` query results by [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate). Only applied when set. Default:
|
||
* unset.
|
||
*/
|
||
states?: Array<BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest.StatesEnum>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is after the given
|
||
* time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`).
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_after?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is strictly before
|
||
* the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`).
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_before?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest {
|
||
export enum TypesEnum {
|
||
PHYSICALCOUNT = 'PHYSICAL_COUNT',
|
||
ADJUSTMENT = 'ADJUSTMENT',
|
||
TRANSFER = 'TRANSFER',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum StatesEnum {
|
||
CUSTOM = 'CUSTOM',
|
||
INSTOCK = 'IN_STOCK',
|
||
SOLD = 'SOLD',
|
||
RETURNEDBYCUSTOMER = 'RETURNED_BY_CUSTOMER',
|
||
RESERVEDFORSALE = 'RESERVED_FOR_SALE',
|
||
SOLDONLINE = 'SOLD_ONLINE',
|
||
ORDEREDFROMVENDOR = 'ORDERED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
RECEIVEDFROMVENDOR = 'RECEIVED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
INTRANSITTO = 'IN_TRANSIT_TO',
|
||
NONE = 'NONE',
|
||
WASTE = 'WASTE',
|
||
UNLINKEDRETURN = 'UNLINKED_RETURN',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The current calculated inventory changes for the requested objects and locations.
|
||
*/
|
||
changes?: Array<InventoryChange>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `calculated_at` value is after the given time. Default:
|
||
* UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`).
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_after?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The current calculated inventory counts for the requested objects and locations.
|
||
*/
|
||
counts?: Array<InventoryCount>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The IDs of the orders to retrieve. A maximum of 100 orders can be retrieved per request.
|
||
*/
|
||
order_ids: Array<string>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the BatchRetrieveOrders endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The requested orders. This will omit any requested orders that do not exist or are not charged.
|
||
*/
|
||
orders?: Array<Order>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. A common way to create a valid
|
||
* idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). If you're unsure whether a particular request
|
||
* was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate
|
||
* objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A batch of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be inserted/updated atomically. The objects within a batch
|
||
* will be inserted in an all-or-nothing fashion, i.e., if an error occurs attempting to insert or update an object
|
||
* within a batch, the entire batch will be rejected. However, an error in one batch will not affect other batches
|
||
* within the same request. For each object, its `updated_at` field is ignored and replaced with a current
|
||
* [timestamp](#workingwithdates), and its `is_deleted` field must not be set to `true`. To modify an existing
|
||
* object, supply its ID. To create a new object, use an ID starting with `#`. These IDs may be used to create
|
||
* relationships between an object and attributes of other objects that reference it. For example, you can create a
|
||
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) with ID `#ABC` and a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) with its
|
||
* `item_id` attribute set to `#ABC` in order to associate the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)
|
||
* with its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). Any `#`-prefixed IDs are valid only within a single atomic
|
||
* batch, and will be replaced by server-generated IDs. Each batch may contain up to 1,000 objects. The total
|
||
* number of objects across all batches for a single request may not exceed 10,000. If either of these limits is
|
||
* violated, an error will be returned and no objects will be inserted or updated.
|
||
*/
|
||
batches?: Array<CatalogObjectBatch>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s
|
||
*/
|
||
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z".
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert.
|
||
*/
|
||
id_mappings?: Array<CatalogIdMapping>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A defined break template that sets an expectation for possible `Break` instances on a `Shift`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class BreakType {
|
||
/**
|
||
* UUID for this object.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the business location this type of break applies to.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A human-readable name for this type of break. Will be displayed to employees in Square products.
|
||
*/
|
||
break_name: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of this break. Precision below minutes is truncated.
|
||
*/
|
||
expected_duration: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes.
|
||
*/
|
||
is_paid: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at
|
||
* time of request. If a value is not provided, Square's servers execute a \"blind\" write; potentially overwriting
|
||
* another writer's data.
|
||
*/
|
||
version?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CaptureTransactionRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the
|
||
* [CaptureTransaction](#endpoint-capturetransaction) endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CaptureTransactionResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents the payment details of a card to be used for payments.
|
||
* These details are determined by the `card_nonce` generated by `SqPaymentForm`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Card {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Unique ID for this card. Generated by Square.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The card's brand (such as `VISA`). See [CardBrand](#type-cardbrand) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
card_brand?: Card.CardBrandEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The last 4 digits of the card number.
|
||
*/
|
||
last_4?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The expiration month of the associated card as an integer between 1 and 12.
|
||
*/
|
||
exp_month?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The four-digit year of the card's expiration date.
|
||
*/
|
||
exp_year?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the cardholder.
|
||
*/
|
||
cardholder_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The billing address for this card.
|
||
*/
|
||
billing_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* __Not currently set.__ Intended as a Square-assigned identifier, based on the card number, to identify the card
|
||
* across multiple locations within a single application.
|
||
*/
|
||
fingerprint?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Card {
|
||
export enum CardBrandEnum {
|
||
OTHERBRAND = 'OTHER_BRAND',
|
||
VISA = 'VISA',
|
||
MASTERCARD = 'MASTERCARD',
|
||
AMERICANEXPRESS = 'AMERICAN_EXPRESS',
|
||
DISCOVER = 'DISCOVER',
|
||
DISCOVERDINERS = 'DISCOVER_DINERS',
|
||
JCB = 'JCB',
|
||
CHINAUNIONPAY = 'CHINA_UNIONPAY',
|
||
SQUAREGIFTCARD = 'SQUARE_GIFT_CARD',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates a card's brand, such as `VISA` or `MASTERCARD`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CardBrand {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A category to which an [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) belongs in the Catalog object model.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogCategory {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The category's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A discount in the Catalog object model.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogDiscount {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The discount's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the discount is a fixed amount or percentage, or entered at the time of sale.
|
||
* See [CatalogDiscountType](#type-catalogdiscounttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
discount_type?: CatalogDiscount.DiscountTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The percentage of the discount as a string representation of a decimal number, using a `.` as the decimal
|
||
* separator and without a `%` sign. A value of `7.5` corresponds to `7.5%`. Specify a percentage of `0` if
|
||
* `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE`. Do not include this field for amount-based or variable discounts.
|
||
*/
|
||
percentage?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of the discount. Specify an amount of `0` if `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_AMOUNT`. Do not include
|
||
* this field for percentage-based or variable discounts.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment in the Square
|
||
* Point of Sale app.
|
||
*/
|
||
pin_required?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The color of the discount's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code.
|
||
*/
|
||
label_color?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CatalogDiscount {
|
||
export enum DiscountTypeEnum {
|
||
FIXEDPERCENTAGE = 'FIXED_PERCENTAGE',
|
||
FIXEDAMOUNT = 'FIXED_AMOUNT',
|
||
VARIABLEPERCENTAGE = 'VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE',
|
||
VARIABLEAMOUNT = 'VARIABLE_AMOUNT',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/**
|
||
* How to apply a [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount) to a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogDiscountType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A mapping between a client-supplied temporary ID and a permanent server ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogIdMapping {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The client-supplied, temporary `#`-prefixed ID for a new [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
|
||
*/
|
||
client_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The permanent ID for the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) created by the server.
|
||
*/
|
||
object_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* An image file to use in Square catalogs. Can be associated with catalog items, item variations, and categories.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogImage {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The internal name of this image. Identifies this image in calls to the Connect APIs.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL of this image. Generated by Square after an image is uploaded to the CreateCatalogImage endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
url?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A caption that describes what is shown in the image. Displayed in the Square Online Store.
|
||
*/
|
||
caption?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogInfoRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogInfoResponseLimits {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of objects that may appear within a single batch in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of objects that may appear across all batches in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_upsert_max_total_objects?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of object IDs that may appear in a `/v2/catalog/batch-retrieve` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_retrieve_max_object_ids?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of results that may be returned in a page of a `/v2/catalog/search` response.
|
||
*/
|
||
search_max_page_limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of object IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/batch-delete` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_delete_max_object_ids?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
update_item_taxes_max_item_ids?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of tax IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of tax IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single
|
||
* `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single
|
||
* `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request.
|
||
*/
|
||
update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable?: number;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogInfoResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
|
||
limits?: CatalogInfoResponseLimits;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* An item (i.e., product family) in the Catalog object model.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogItem {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's name. Searchable. This field must not be empty. This field has max length of 512 Unicode code points.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's description. Searchable. This field has max length of 4096 Unicode code points.
|
||
*/
|
||
description?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The text of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. Only up to the first five characters of the
|
||
* string are used. Searchable. This field has max length of 24 Unicode code points.
|
||
*/
|
||
abbreviation?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The color of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code.
|
||
*/
|
||
label_color?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store.
|
||
*/
|
||
available_online?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store.
|
||
*/
|
||
available_for_pickup?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the item can be added to electronically fulfilled orders from the merchant's online store.
|
||
*/
|
||
available_electronically?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the item's category, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
category_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A set of IDs indicating the [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es that are enabled for this item. When updating an
|
||
* item, any taxes listed here will be added to the item. [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es may also be added to or
|
||
* deleted from an item using `UpdateItemTaxes`.
|
||
*/
|
||
tax_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A set of [CatalogItemModifierListInfo](#type-catalogitemmodifierlistinfo) objects representing the modifier lists
|
||
* that apply to this item, along with the overrides and min and max limits that are specific to this item.
|
||
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s may also be added to or deleted from an item using `UpdateItemModifierLists`.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_list_info?: Array<CatalogItemModifierListInfo>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL of an image representing this item.
|
||
* @deprecated Deprecated in favor of `image_id` in [`CatalogObject`](#type-catalogobject).
|
||
*/
|
||
image_url?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s containing the
|
||
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s for this item.
|
||
*/
|
||
variations?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The product type of the item. May not be changed once an item has been created.
|
||
* Only items of product type `REGULAR` may be created by this API; items with other product types are read-only.
|
||
* See [CatalogItemProductType](#type-catalogitemproducttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
product_type?: CatalogItem.ProductTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `false`, the Square Point of Sale app will present the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)'s details screen immediately,
|
||
* allowing the merchant to choose [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s before adding the item to the cart.
|
||
* This is the default behavior. If `true`, the Square Point of Sale app will immediately add the item to the cart
|
||
* with the pre-selected modifiers, and merchants can edit modifiers by drilling down onto the item's details.
|
||
* Third-party clients are encouraged to implement similar behaviors.
|
||
*/
|
||
skip_modifier_screen?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CatalogItem {
|
||
export enum ProductTypeEnum {
|
||
REGULAR = 'REGULAR',
|
||
GIFTCARD = 'GIFT_CARD',
|
||
APPOINTMENTSSERVICE = 'APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE',
|
||
RETAILITEM = 'RETAIL_ITEM',
|
||
RESTAURANTITEM = 'RESTAURANT_ITEM',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Controls the properties of a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) as it applies to this
|
||
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogItemModifierListInfo {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) controlled by this
|
||
* [CatalogModifierListInfo](#type-catalogmodifierlistinfo).
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_list_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A set of [CatalogModifierOverride](#type-catalogmodifieroverride) objects that override whether a given
|
||
* [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) is enabled by default.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_overrides?: Array<CatalogModifierOverride>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If zero or larger, the smallest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that must be selected from
|
||
* this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist).
|
||
*/
|
||
min_selected_modifiers?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If zero or larger, the largest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that can be selected from this
|
||
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist).
|
||
*/
|
||
max_selected_modifiers?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, enable this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist).
|
||
*/
|
||
enabled?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). Connect V2 only allows the creation of `REGULAR` items.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogItemProductType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* An item variation (i.e., product) in the Catalog object model.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogItemVariation {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) associated with this item variation. Searchable.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item variation's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item variation's SKU, if any. Searchable.
|
||
*/
|
||
sku?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item variation's UPC, if any. Searchable in the Connect API. This field is only exposed in the Connect API.
|
||
* It is not exposed in Square's Dashboard, Square Point of Sale app or Retail Point of Sale app.
|
||
*/
|
||
upc?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which this item variation should be displayed. This value is read-only. On writes, the ordinal for
|
||
* each item variation within a parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is set according to the item variations's
|
||
* position. On reads, the value is not guaranteed to be sequential or unique.
|
||
*/
|
||
ordinal?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale.
|
||
* See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
pricing_type?: CatalogItemVariation.PricingTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item variation's price, if fixed pricing is used.
|
||
*/
|
||
price_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Per-[location](#type-location) price and inventory overrides.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_overrides?: Array<ItemVariationLocationOverrides>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the variation.
|
||
*/
|
||
track_inventory?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its
|
||
* `inventory_alert_threshold`. See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
inventory_alert_type?: CatalogItemVariation.InventoryAlertTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is
|
||
* `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer.
|
||
*/
|
||
inventory_alert_threshold?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Arbitrary user metadata to associate with the item variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters. Searchable.
|
||
*/
|
||
user_data?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) that owns this item variation is of type `APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE`, then
|
||
* this is the duration of the service in milliseconds. For example, a 30 minute appointment would have the value
|
||
* `1800000`, which is equal to 30 (minutes) * 60 (seconds per minute) * 1000 (milliseconds per second).
|
||
*/
|
||
service_duration?: number;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CatalogItemVariation {
|
||
export enum PricingTypeEnum {
|
||
FIXEDPRICING = 'FIXED_PRICING',
|
||
VARIABLEPRICING = 'VARIABLE_PRICING',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum InventoryAlertTypeEnum {
|
||
NONE = 'NONE',
|
||
LOWQUANTITY = 'LOW_QUANTITY',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A modifier in the Catalog object model.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogModifier {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier's price.
|
||
*/
|
||
price_money?: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A modifier list in the Catalog object model. A [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) contains
|
||
* [Modifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that can be applied to a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) at the time of sale.
|
||
* For example, a modifier list "Condiments" that would apply to a "Hot Dog" [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) might
|
||
* contain [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s "Ketchup", "Mustard", and "Relish".
|
||
* The `selection_type` field specifies whether or not multiple selections from the modifier list are allowed.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogModifierList {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)'s name. Searchable.
|
||
* This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether multiple options from the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) can be applied to a
|
||
* single [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
|
||
* See [CatalogModifierListSelectionType](#type-catalogmodifierlistselectiontype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
selection_type?: CatalogModifierList.SelectionTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The options included in the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). You must include at least one
|
||
* [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). Each [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) must have type `MODIFIER` and
|
||
* contain [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) data.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifiers?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CatalogModifierList {
|
||
export enum SelectionTypeEnum {
|
||
SINGLE = 'SINGLE',
|
||
MULTIPLE = 'MULTIPLE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) supports multiple selections.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogModifierListSelectionType {}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogModifierOverride {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) whose default behavior is being overridden.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, this [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) should be selected by default for this
|
||
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
|
||
*/
|
||
on_by_default?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The wrapper object for object types in the Catalog data model.
|
||
* The type of a particular `CatalogObject` is determined by the value of `type` and only the corresponding data field may be set.
|
||
* - if type = `ITEM`, only `item_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) object.
|
||
* - if type = `ITEM_VARIATION`, only `item_variation_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid object.
|
||
* - if type = `MODIFIER`, only `modifier_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid object.
|
||
* - if type = `MODIFIER_LIST`, only `modifier_list_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid object.
|
||
* - if type = `CATEGORY`, only `category_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid object.
|
||
* - if type = `DISCOUNT`, only `discount_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid object.
|
||
* - if type = `TAX`, only `tax_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) object.
|
||
* For a more detailed discussion of the Catalog data model, please see the [Catalog Overview](/products/catalog/overview).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogObject {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of this object. Each object type has expected properties expressed in a structured format within its
|
||
* corresponding `*_data` field below. See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type: CatalogObject.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An identifier to reference this object in the catalog. When a new CatalogObject is inserted, the client should
|
||
* set the id to a temporary identifier starting with a `'#'` character. Other objects being inserted or updated
|
||
* within the same request may use this identifier to refer to the new object. When the server receives the new
|
||
* object, it will supply a unique identifier that replaces the temporary identifier for all future references.
|
||
*/
|
||
id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Last modification [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC 3339 format, e.g., `\"2016-08-15T23:59:33.123Z\"` would
|
||
* indicate the UTC time (denoted by `Z`) of August 15, 2016 at 23:59:33 and 123 milliseconds.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The version of the object. When updating an object, the version supplied by the must match the version in the
|
||
* database, otherwise the write will be rejected as conflicting.
|
||
*/
|
||
version?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the object has been deleted from the database. Must be `false` for new objects being inserted. When
|
||
* deleted, the `updated_at` field will equal the deletion time.
|
||
*/
|
||
is_deleted?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Connect V1 IDs for this object at each [location](#type-location) where it is present, where they differ from
|
||
* the object's Connect V2 ID. The field will only be present for objects that have been created or modified by
|
||
* legacy APIs.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_v1_ids?: Array<CatalogV1Id>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, this object is present at all locations (including future locations), except where specified in the
|
||
* `absent_at_location_ids` field. If `false`, this object is not present at any locations (including future
|
||
* locations), except where specified in the `present_at_location_ids` field. If not specified, defaults to `true`.
|
||
*/
|
||
present_at_all_locations?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of locations where the object is present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `false`.
|
||
*/
|
||
present_at_location_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of locations where the object is not present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `true`.
|
||
*/
|
||
absent_at_location_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Identifies the `CatalogImage` attached to this `CatalogObject`.
|
||
*/
|
||
image_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Structured data for a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM`.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_data?: CatalogItem;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Structured data for a [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), set for CatalogObjects of type `CATEGORY`.
|
||
*/
|
||
category_data?: CatalogCategory;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Structured data for a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM_VARIATION`.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_variation_data?: CatalogItemVariation;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Structured data for a [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax), set for CatalogObjects of type `TAX`.
|
||
*/
|
||
tax_data?: CatalogTax;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Structured data for a [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount), set for CatalogObjects of type `DISCOUNT`.
|
||
*/
|
||
discount_data?: CatalogDiscount;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Structured data for a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER_LIST`.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_list_data?: CatalogModifierList;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Structured data for a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER`.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_data?: CatalogModifier;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Structured data for a [CatalogImage](#type-catalogimage), set for CatalogObjects of type `IMAGE`.
|
||
*/
|
||
image_data?: CatalogImage;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CatalogObject {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
ITEM = 'ITEM',
|
||
IMAGE = 'IMAGE',
|
||
CATEGORY = 'CATEGORY',
|
||
ITEMVARIATION = 'ITEM_VARIATION',
|
||
TAX = 'TAX',
|
||
DISCOUNT = 'DISCOUNT',
|
||
MODIFIERLIST = 'MODIFIER_LIST',
|
||
MODIFIER = 'MODIFIER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A batch of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogObjectBatch {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s belonging to this batch.
|
||
*/
|
||
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Possible kinds of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned from the Catalog, each containing type-specific
|
||
* properties in the `*_data` field corresponding to the object type.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogObjectType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the price of a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) should be entered manually at the
|
||
* time of sale.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogPricingType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A query to be applied to a SearchCatalogObjects request. Only one query field may be present. Where an attribute
|
||
* name is required, it should be specified as the name of any field marked \"searchable\" from the structured data
|
||
* types for the desired result object type(s) ([CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem),
|
||
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory),
|
||
* [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax), [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount),
|
||
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist), [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)). For example, a query
|
||
* that should return Items may specify attribute names from any of the searchable fields of the
|
||
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) data type, namely `\"name\"`, `\"description\"`, and `\"abbreviation\"`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogQuery {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A query that returns all objects, sorted by the given attribute.
|
||
*/
|
||
sorted_attribute_query?: CatalogQuerySortedAttribute;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive
|
||
* value.
|
||
*/
|
||
exact_query?: CatalogQueryExact;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive
|
||
* prefix.
|
||
*/
|
||
prefix_query?: CatalogQueryPrefix;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A query that returns only objects for which the given (integer-valued) attribute lies in the given range.
|
||
*/
|
||
range_query?: CatalogQueryRange;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A query that returns only objects whose searchable attributes contain all of the given keywords as prefixes. For
|
||
* example, if a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) contains attributes `{"name": "t-shirt"}` and
|
||
* `{"description": "Small, Purple"}`, it will be matched by the query `{"keywords": ["shirt", "sma", "purp"]}`.
|
||
*/
|
||
text_query?: CatalogQueryText;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given
|
||
* [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es enabled.
|
||
*/
|
||
items_for_tax_query?: CatalogQueryItemsForTax;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given
|
||
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s enabled.
|
||
*/
|
||
items_for_modifier_list_query?: CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogQueryExact {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the attribute to be searched.
|
||
*/
|
||
attribute_name: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The desired value of the search attribute.
|
||
*/
|
||
attribute_value: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) IDs to be used to find associated
|
||
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_list_ids: Array<string>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogQueryItemsForTax {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) IDs to be used to find associated [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s.
|
||
*/
|
||
tax_ids: Array<string>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogQueryPrefix {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the attribute to be searched.
|
||
*/
|
||
attribute_name: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The desired prefix of the search attribute value.
|
||
*/
|
||
attribute_prefix: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogQueryRange {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the attribute to be searched.
|
||
*/
|
||
attribute_name: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The desired minimum value for the search attribute (inclusive).
|
||
*/
|
||
attribute_min_value?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The desired maximum value for the search attribute (inclusive).
|
||
*/
|
||
attribute_max_value?: number;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogQuerySortedAttribute {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The attribute whose value should be used as the sort key.
|
||
*/
|
||
attribute_name: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The first attribute value to be returned by the query. Ascending sorts will return only objects with this value
|
||
* or greater, while descending sorts will return only objects with this value or less.
|
||
* If unset, start at the beginning (for ascending sorts) or end (for descending sorts).
|
||
*/
|
||
initial_attribute_value?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The desired [SortOrder](#type-sortorder), "ASC" (ascending) or "DESC" (descending).
|
||
* See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
sort_order?: CatalogQuerySortedAttribute.SortOrderEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CatalogQuerySortedAttribute {
|
||
export enum SortOrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogQueryText {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of one, two, or three search keywords. Keywords with fewer than three characters are ignored.
|
||
*/
|
||
keywords: Array<string>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A tax in the Catalog object model.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogTax {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The tax's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether the tax is calculated based on a payment's subtotal or total.
|
||
* See [TaxCalculationPhase](#type-taxcalculationphase) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
calculation_phase?: CatalogTax.CalculationPhaseEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether the tax is `ADDITIVE` or `INCLUSIVE`. See [TaxInclusionType](#type-taxinclusiontype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
inclusion_type?: CatalogTax.InclusionTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The percentage of the tax in decimal form, using a '.' as the decimal separator and without a '%' sign.
|
||
* A value of `7.5` corresponds to 7.5%.
|
||
*/
|
||
percentage?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into the Square Point of Sale app that are not associated
|
||
* with a particular [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
|
||
*/
|
||
applies_to_custom_amounts?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the tax will be shown as enabled in the Square Point of Sale app.
|
||
*/
|
||
enabled?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CatalogTax {
|
||
export enum CalculationPhaseEnum {
|
||
SUBTOTALPHASE = 'TAX_SUBTOTAL_PHASE',
|
||
TOTALPHASE = 'TAX_TOTAL_PHASE',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum InclusionTypeEnum {
|
||
ADDITIVE = 'ADDITIVE',
|
||
INCLUSIVE = 'INCLUSIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* An Items Connect V1 object ID along with its associated [location](#type-location) ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CatalogV1Id {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID for an object in Connect V1, if different from its Connect V2 ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_v1_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the [location](#type-location) this Connect V1 ID is associated with.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the Charge endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ChargeRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this transaction among transactions you've created.
|
||
* If you're unsure whether a particular transaction succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key
|
||
* without worrying about double-charging the buyer. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money to charge. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable
|
||
* currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents.
|
||
* See [Working with monetary amounts] (#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details.
|
||
* The value of `currency` must match the currency associated with the business that is charging the card.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A nonce generated from the `SqPaymentForm` that represents the card to charge. The application that provides a
|
||
* nonce to this endpoint must be the _same application_ that generated the nonce with the `SqPaymentForm`.
|
||
* Otherwise, the nonce is invalid. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`.
|
||
*/
|
||
card_nonce?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the customer card on file to charge. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `card_nonce`.
|
||
* If you provide this value, you _must_ also provide a value for `customer_id`.
|
||
*/
|
||
customer_card_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the request will only perform an Auth on the provided card. You can then later perform either a
|
||
* Capture (with the [CaptureTransaction](#endpoint-capturetransaction) endpoint) or a Void (with the
|
||
* [VoidTransaction](#endpoint-voidtransaction) endpoint). Default value: `false`.
|
||
*/
|
||
delay_capture?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional ID you can associate with the transaction for your own purposes (such as to associate the transaction
|
||
* with an entity ID in your own database). This value cannot exceed 40 characters.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
|
||
note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the customer to associate this transaction with.
|
||
* This field is required if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`, and optional otherwise.
|
||
*/
|
||
customer_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The buyer's billing address. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for chargeback protection
|
||
* if neither this parameter nor `shipping_address` is provided.
|
||
*/
|
||
billing_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The buyer's shipping address, if available. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for
|
||
* chargeback protection if neither this parameter nor `billing_address` is provided.
|
||
*/
|
||
shipping_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The buyer's email address, if available. This value is optional, but this transaction is ineligible for
|
||
* chargeback protection if it is not provided.
|
||
*/
|
||
buyer_email_address?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the order to associate with this transaction. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value of
|
||
* your request must __exactly match__ the value of the order's `total_money` field.
|
||
*/
|
||
order_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be
|
||
* split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be
|
||
* more than 90% of the `amount_money` value in the charge request. The `location_id` must be the valid location of
|
||
* the app owner merchant. This field requires the `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission. This
|
||
* field is currently not supported in sandbox.
|
||
*/
|
||
additional_recipients?: Array<AdditionalRecipient>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents an additional recipient (other than the merchant) entitled to a portion of the tender. Support is
|
||
* currently limited to USD, CAD and GBP currencies
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of the tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The description of the additional recipient.
|
||
*/
|
||
description: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money distributed to the recipient.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the Charge endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `transaction` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ChargeResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The created transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
transaction?: Transaction;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Square Checkout lets merchants accept online payments for supported payment types using a checkout workflow hosted on squareup.com.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Checkout {
|
||
/**
|
||
* ID generated by Square Checkout when a new checkout is requested.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL that the buyer's browser should be redirected to after the checkout is completed.
|
||
*/
|
||
checkout_page_url?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the
|
||
* transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`.
|
||
*/
|
||
ask_for_shipping_address?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can
|
||
* use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary
|
||
* email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
|
||
*/
|
||
merchant_support_email?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field.
|
||
* Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
|
||
*/
|
||
pre_populate_buyer_email?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields.
|
||
* Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
|
||
*/
|
||
pre_populate_shipping_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and
|
||
* `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is
|
||
* `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to:
|
||
* `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx`
|
||
* If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf;
|
||
* however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and
|
||
* finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow.
|
||
*/
|
||
redirect_url?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Order to be checked out.
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: Order;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the checkout was created, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this checkout. For example, fees assessed
|
||
* on the purchase by a third party integration.
|
||
*/
|
||
additional_recipients?: Array<AdditionalRecipient>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the country associated with another entity, such as a business. Values are in [ISO 3166-1-alpha-2
|
||
* format](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/country_codes.htm).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Country {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request to create a new `BreakType`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateBreakTypeRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Unique string value to insure idempotency of the operation.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The `BreakType` to be created.
|
||
*/
|
||
break_type: BreakType;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to the request to create a `BreakType`. Contains the created `BreakType` object.
|
||
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateBreakTypeResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The `BreakType` that was created by the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
break_type?: BreakType;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the CreateCheckout endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateCheckoutRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A unique string that identifies this checkout among others you've created. It can be any valid string but must be
|
||
* unique for every order sent to Square Checkout for a given location ID. The idempotency key is used to avoid
|
||
* processing the same order more than once. If you're unsure whether a particular checkout was created
|
||
* successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key and all the same other parameters without
|
||
* worrying about creating duplicates. We recommend using a random number/string generator native to the language
|
||
* you are working in to generate strings for your idempotency keys. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency)
|
||
* for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order including line items to be checked out.
|
||
*/
|
||
order: CreateOrderRequest;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the
|
||
* transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`.
|
||
*/
|
||
ask_for_shipping_address?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can
|
||
* use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary
|
||
* email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
|
||
*/
|
||
merchant_support_email?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field. Default: none;
|
||
* only exists if explicitly set.
|
||
*/
|
||
pre_populate_buyer_email?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields. Default:
|
||
* none; only exists if explicitly set.
|
||
*/
|
||
pre_populate_shipping_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and
|
||
* `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is
|
||
* `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to:
|
||
* `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx`
|
||
* If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf;
|
||
* however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and
|
||
* finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow.
|
||
* Default: none; only exists if explicitly set.
|
||
*/
|
||
redirect_url?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be
|
||
* split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be
|
||
* more than 90% of the `total_money` calculated by Square for your order. The `location_id` must be the valid
|
||
* location of the app owner merchant. This field requires `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission.
|
||
* This field is currently not supported in sandbox.
|
||
*/
|
||
additional_recipients?: Array<ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional note to associate with the checkout object. This value cannot exceed 60 characters.
|
||
*/
|
||
note?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateCheckout endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateCheckoutResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The newly created checkout. If the same request was made with the same idempotency_key, this will be the checkout
|
||
* created with the idempotency_key.
|
||
*/
|
||
checkout?: Checkout;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the request body of a request to the CreateCustomerCard endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateCustomerCardRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A card nonce representing the credit card to link to the customer.
|
||
* Card nonces are generated by the `SqPaymentForm` that buyers enter their card information into.
|
||
* See [Embedding the payment form](/payments/sqpaymentform/overview) for more information.
|
||
* @note Card nonces generated by digital wallets (e.g., Apple Pay) cannot be used to create a customer card.
|
||
*/
|
||
card_nonce: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Address information for the card on file. Only the `postal_code` field is required for payments in the US and Canada.
|
||
*/
|
||
billing_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The cardholder's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
cardholder_name?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateCustomerCard endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `card` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateCustomerCardResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The created card on file.
|
||
*/
|
||
card?: Card;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the body parameters that can be provided in a request to the CreateCustomer endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateCustomerRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The idempotency key for the request. See the [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) guide for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's given (i.e., first) name.
|
||
*/
|
||
given_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's family (i.e., last) name.
|
||
*/
|
||
family_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the customer's company.
|
||
*/
|
||
company_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A nickname for the customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
nickname?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's email address.
|
||
*/
|
||
email_address?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's physical address.
|
||
*/
|
||
address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's phone number.
|
||
*/
|
||
phone_number?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional note to associate with the customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example:
|
||
* `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on
|
||
* September 1st 1998.
|
||
*/
|
||
birthday?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateCustomer endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `customer` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateCustomerResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The created customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
customer?: Customer;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the body parameters that can be provided in a request to the CreateMobileAuthorizationCode endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square location ID the authorization code should be tied to.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateMobileAuthorizationCode endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Generated authorization code that connects a mobile application instance to a Square account.
|
||
*/
|
||
authorization_code?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The timestamp when `authorization_code` expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format,
|
||
* e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z".
|
||
*/
|
||
expires_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An error object that provides details about how creation of authorization code failed.
|
||
*/
|
||
error?: Error;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CreateOrderRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order to create. If this field is set, then the only other top-level field that can be set is the idempotency_key.
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: Order;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this order among orders you've created. If you're unsure whether a
|
||
* particular order was created successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying
|
||
* about creating duplicate orders. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* @deprecated Please set the reference_id on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. An optional ID you
|
||
* can associate with the order for your own purposes (such as to associate the order with an entity ID in your own
|
||
* database). This value cannot exceed 40 characters.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* @deprecated Please set the line_items on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The line items to
|
||
* associate with this order. Each line item represents a different product to include in a purchase.
|
||
*/
|
||
line_items?: Array<CreateOrderRequestLineItem>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* @deprecated Please set the taxes on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The taxes to include on the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
taxes?: Array<CreateOrderRequestTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* @deprecated Please set the discounts on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead.
|
||
* The discounts to include on the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
discounts?: Array<CreateOrderRequestDiscount>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @deprecated Please use the [OrderLineItemDiscount](#type-orderlineitemdiscount) type in the order field of
|
||
* [CreateOrderRequest](#type-createorderrequest) instead. Represents a discount that can apply to either a single line
|
||
* item or an entire order.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateOrderRequestDiscount {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for catalog discounts. The catalog object ID for an existing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount).
|
||
* Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc discount.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for ad hoc discounts. The discount's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for ad hoc discounts. The percentage of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number.
|
||
* A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0.
|
||
*/
|
||
percentage?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for ad hoc discounts. The monetary amount of the discount.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money?: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @deprecated Please use the [OrderLineItem](#type-orderlineitem) type in the order field of
|
||
* [CreateOrderRequest](#type-createorderrequest) instead. Represents a line item to include in an order. Each line
|
||
* item describes a different product to purchase, with its own quantity and price details. Line items can either
|
||
* reference objects from the merchant's catalog, or can alternatively specify a name and price instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateOrderRequestLineItem {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for ad hoc line items. The name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters. Do not
|
||
* provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The quantity to purchase, as a string representation of a number. This string must have a positive integer
|
||
* value.
|
||
*/
|
||
quantity: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The base price for a single unit of the line item. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc line items and
|
||
* variable priced [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s. If both `catalog_object_id` and
|
||
* `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the CatalogItemVariation's price.
|
||
*/
|
||
base_price_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for ad hoc line items. The variation name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 255 characters.
|
||
* If this value is not set for an ad hoc line item, the default value of `Regular` is used. Do not provide a value
|
||
* for this field if you provide a value for the `catalog_object_id`.
|
||
*/
|
||
variation_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The note of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters.
|
||
*/
|
||
note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for Catalog line items. The catalog object ID for an existing
|
||
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation). Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value
|
||
* for `name` and `base_price_money`.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for Catalog line items. The modifiers to include on the line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifiers?: Array<CreateOrderRequestModifier>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The taxes to include on the line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
taxes?: Array<CreateOrderRequestTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The discounts to include on the line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
discounts?: Array<CreateOrderRequestDiscount>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @deprecated Please use the [OrderLineItemModifier](#type-orderlineitemmodifier) type instead. Represents a
|
||
* modifier applied to a single line item. Modifiers can reference existing objects in a merchant catalog or be
|
||
* constructed ad hoc at the time of purchase by providing a name and price.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateOrderRequestModifier {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The catalog object ID of a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier).
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for ad hoc modifiers. The name of the modifier. `name` cannot exceed 255 characters. Do not provide a
|
||
* value for `name` if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both
|
||
* `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined
|
||
* [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price.
|
||
*/
|
||
base_price_money?: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @deprecated Please use the [OrderLineItemTax](#type-orderlineitemtax) type in the order field of
|
||
* [CreateOrderRequest](#type-createorderrequest) instead. Represents a tax that can apply to either a single line item
|
||
* or an entire order.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateOrderRequestTax {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for catalog taxes. The catalog object ID of an existing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax).
|
||
* Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc tax.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for ad hoc taxes. The tax's name. Do not provide a value for this field if you set `catalog_object_id`.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for ad hoc taxes. Indicates the calculation method used to apply the line item tax.
|
||
* Default: `ADDITIVE`; See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: CreateOrderRequestTax.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Only used for ad hoc taxes. The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number.
|
||
* A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0.
|
||
*/
|
||
percentage?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CreateOrderRequestTax {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
UNKNOWNTAX = 'UNKNOWN_TAX',
|
||
ADDITIVE = 'ADDITIVE',
|
||
INCLUSIVE = 'INCLUSIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateOrder endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `order` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateOrderResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The newly created order.
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: Order;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the body parameters that can be included in a request to the CreateRefund endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateRefundRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this refund among refunds you've created for the tender.
|
||
* If you're unsure whether a particular refund succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without
|
||
* worrying about duplicating the refund. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the tender to refund. A [`Transaction`](#type-transaction) has one or more `tenders` (i.e., methods of payment)
|
||
* associated with it, and you refund each tender separately with the Connect API.
|
||
*/
|
||
tender_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A description of the reason for the refund. Default value: `Refund via API`
|
||
*/
|
||
reason?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money to refund. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable
|
||
* currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents.
|
||
* See [Working with monetary amounts](#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details.
|
||
* This amount cannot exceed the amount that was originally charged to the tender that corresponds to `tender_id`.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateRefund endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `refund` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateRefundResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The created refund.
|
||
*/
|
||
refund?: Refund;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a request to create a `Shift`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateShiftRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Unique string value to insure the idempotency of the operation.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The `Shift` to be created
|
||
*/
|
||
shift: Shift;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to the request to create a `Shift`. Contains the created `Shift` object. May contain a set of `Error`
|
||
* objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CreateShiftResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The `Shift` that was created on the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
shift?: Shift;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the associated currency for an amount of money. Values correspond to [ISO
|
||
* 4217](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Currency {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents one of a business's customers, which can have one or more cards on file associated with it.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Customer {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the customer was created, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the customer was last updated, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The payment details of the customer's cards on file.
|
||
*/
|
||
cards?: Array<Card>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's given (i.e., first) name.
|
||
*/
|
||
given_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's family (i.e., last) name.
|
||
*/
|
||
family_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's nickname.
|
||
*/
|
||
nickname?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the customer's company.
|
||
*/
|
||
company_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's email address.
|
||
*/
|
||
email_address?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's physical address.
|
||
*/
|
||
address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's phone number.
|
||
*/
|
||
phone_number?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example:
|
||
* `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on
|
||
* September 1st 1998.
|
||
*/
|
||
birthday?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A note to associate with the customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's preferences.
|
||
*/
|
||
preferences?: CustomerPreferences;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The groups the customer belongs to.
|
||
*/
|
||
groups?: Array<CustomerGroupInfo>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A creation source represents the method used to create the customer profile.
|
||
* See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
creation_source?: Customer.CreationSourceEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Customer {
|
||
export enum CreationSourceEnum {
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
APPOINTMENTS = 'APPOINTMENTS',
|
||
COUPON = 'COUPON',
|
||
DELETIONRECOVERY = 'DELETION_RECOVERY',
|
||
DIRECTORY = 'DIRECTORY',
|
||
EGIFTING = 'EGIFTING',
|
||
EMAILCOLLECTION = 'EMAIL_COLLECTION',
|
||
FEEDBACK = 'FEEDBACK',
|
||
IMPORT = 'IMPORT',
|
||
INVOICES = 'INVOICES',
|
||
LOYALTY = 'LOYALTY',
|
||
MARKETING = 'MARKETING',
|
||
MERGE = 'MERGE',
|
||
ONLINESTORE = 'ONLINE_STORE',
|
||
INSTANTPROFILE = 'INSTANT_PROFILE',
|
||
TERMINAL = 'TERMINAL',
|
||
THIRDPARTY = 'THIRD_PARTY',
|
||
THIRDPARTYIMPORT = 'THIRD_PARTY_IMPORT',
|
||
UNMERGERECOVERY = 'UNMERGE_RECOVERY',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the method used to create the customer profile.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CustomerCreationSource {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Creation source filter. If one or more creation sources are set, customer profiles are included in, or excluded
|
||
* from, the result if they match at least one of the filter criteria.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CustomerCreationSourceFilter {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The list of creation sources used as filtering criteria.
|
||
* See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
values?: Array<CustomerCreationSourceFilter.ValuesEnum>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether a customer profile matching the filter criteria should be included in the result or excluded
|
||
* from the result. Default: `INCLUDE`.
|
||
* See [CustomerInclusionExclusion](#type-customerinclusionexclusion) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
rule?: CustomerCreationSourceFilter.RuleEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CustomerCreationSourceFilter {
|
||
export enum ValuesEnum {
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
APPOINTMENTS = 'APPOINTMENTS',
|
||
COUPON = 'COUPON',
|
||
DELETIONRECOVERY = 'DELETION_RECOVERY',
|
||
DIRECTORY = 'DIRECTORY',
|
||
EGIFTING = 'EGIFTING',
|
||
EMAILCOLLECTION = 'EMAIL_COLLECTION',
|
||
FEEDBACK = 'FEEDBACK',
|
||
IMPORT = 'IMPORT',
|
||
INVOICES = 'INVOICES',
|
||
LOYALTY = 'LOYALTY',
|
||
MARKETING = 'MARKETING',
|
||
MERGE = 'MERGE',
|
||
ONLINESTORE = 'ONLINE_STORE',
|
||
INSTANTPROFILE = 'INSTANT_PROFILE',
|
||
TERMINAL = 'TERMINAL',
|
||
THIRDPARTY = 'THIRD_PARTY',
|
||
THIRDPARTYIMPORT = 'THIRD_PARTY_IMPORT',
|
||
UNMERGERECOVERY = 'UNMERGE_RECOVERY',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum RuleEnum {
|
||
INCLUDE = 'INCLUDE',
|
||
EXCLUDE = 'EXCLUDE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a set of [`CustomerQuery`](#type-customerquery) filters used to limit the set of Customers returned by
|
||
* [`SearchCustomers`](#endpoint-customers-seachcustomers).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CustomerFilter {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A filter to select customers based on their creation source.
|
||
*/
|
||
creation_source?: CustomerCreationSourceFilter;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A filter to select customers based on when they were created.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: TimeRange;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A filter to select customers based on when they were updated.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: TimeRange;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Contains some brief information about a customer group with its identifier included.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CustomerGroupInfo {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the customer group.
|
||
*/
|
||
id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the customer group.
|
||
*/
|
||
name: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether customers should be included in, or excluded from, the result set when they match the filtering criteria.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CustomerInclusionExclusion {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a particular customer's preferences.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CustomerPreferences {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer has unsubscribed from receiving marketing campaign emails.
|
||
*/
|
||
email_unsubscribed?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a query (filtering and sorting criteria) used to search for customer profiles.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CustomerQuery {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of filter criteria.
|
||
*/
|
||
filter?: CustomerFilter;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sort criteria for query results. The default sort behavior is to order customers alphabetically by `given_name`
|
||
* and `last_name`.
|
||
*/
|
||
sort?: CustomerSort;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the field to use for sorting customer profiles. For example, by total money spent with the merchant or the
|
||
* date of their first purchase.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CustomerSort {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The field to sort the results on. It could be the total money spent at the merchant, the date of the first visit (etc).
|
||
* See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
field?: CustomerSort.FieldEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the order in which results should be displayed based on the value of the sort field.
|
||
* String comparisons use standard alphabetic comparison to determine order.
|
||
* Strings representing numbers are sorted as strings. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: CustomerSort.OrderEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace CustomerSort {
|
||
export enum FieldEnum {
|
||
DEFAULT = 'DEFAULT',
|
||
CREATEDAT = 'CREATED_AT',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the sort criteria for a list of Customers.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class CustomerSortField {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A range defined by two dates. Used for filtering a query for Connect v2 objects that have date properties.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class DateRange {
|
||
/**
|
||
* String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates.
|
||
* The beginning of a date range (inclusive).
|
||
*/
|
||
start_date?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates.
|
||
* The end of a date range (inclusive)
|
||
*/
|
||
end_date?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request to delete a `BreakType`
|
||
*/
|
||
export class DeleteBreakTypeRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to a request to delete a `BreakType`. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class DeleteBreakTypeResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class DeleteCatalogObjectRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class DeleteCatalogObjectResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request. Multiple IDs may be returned when
|
||
* associated objects are also deleted, for example a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) will be
|
||
* deleted (and its ID included in this field) when its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is deleted.
|
||
*/
|
||
deleted_object_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g.,
|
||
* \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\".
|
||
*/
|
||
deleted_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in requests to the DeleteCustomerCard endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class DeleteCustomerCardRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the DeleteCustomerCard endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class DeleteCustomerCardResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in a request to the DeleteCustomer endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class DeleteCustomerRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the DeleteCustomer endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class DeleteCustomerResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request to delete a `Shift`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class DeleteShiftRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to a request to delete a `Shift`. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class DeleteShiftResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class Device {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The device's Square-issued ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The device's merchant-specified name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* An employee created in the **Square Dashboard** account of a business. Used by the Labor API.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Employee {
|
||
/**
|
||
* UUID for this `Employee`.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Given (first) name of the employee.
|
||
*/
|
||
first_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Family (last) name of the employee
|
||
*/
|
||
last_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of location IDs where this employee has access.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specifies the status of the employee being fetched. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: Employee.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Employee {
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
ACTIVE = 'ACTIVE',
|
||
INACTIVE = 'INACTIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The status of the Employee being retrieved.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class EmployeeStatus {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The hourly wage rate that an employee will earn on a `Shift` for doing the job specified by the `title` property of this object.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class EmployeeWage {
|
||
/**
|
||
* UUID for this object.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The `Employee` that this wage is assigned to.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The job title that this wage relates to.
|
||
*/
|
||
title?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per
|
||
* week.
|
||
*/
|
||
hourly_rate?: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates which high-level category of error has occurred during a request to the Connect API.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ErrorCategory {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates specific errors that can occur during a request to the Connect API.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ErrorCode {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request to GET a `BreakType` by ID
|
||
*/
|
||
export class GetBreakTypeRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to a request to get a `BreakType`. Contains the requested `BreakType` objects.
|
||
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class GetBreakTypeResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response object.
|
||
*/
|
||
break_type?: BreakType;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request to get an `EmployeeWage`
|
||
*/
|
||
export class GetEmployeeWageRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A response to a request to get an `EmployeeWage`. Contains the requested `EmployeeWage` objects.
|
||
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class GetEmployeeWageResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The requested `EmployeeWage` object.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_wage?: EmployeeWage;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request to get a `Shift` by ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class GetShiftRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A response to request to get a `Shift`. Contains the requested `Shift` object.
|
||
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class GetShiftResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The requested `Shift`.
|
||
*/
|
||
shift?: Shift;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a change in state or quantity of product inventory at a particular time and location.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class InventoryAdjustment {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment).
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) to an
|
||
* external system.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items before the adjustment.
|
||
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
from_state?: InventoryAdjustment.FromStateEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items after the adjustment.
|
||
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
to_state?: InventoryAdjustment.ToStateEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
|
||
* Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_type?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The number of items affected by the adjustment as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
|
||
*/
|
||
quantity?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The read-only total price paid for goods associated with the adjustment.
|
||
* Present if and only if `to_state` is `SOLD`. Always non-negative.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_price_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the adjustment took place. For write actions,
|
||
* the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
occurred_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the adjustment.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Read-only information about the application that caused the inventory adjustment.
|
||
*/
|
||
source?: SourceApplication;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory adjustment.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The read-only Square ID of the [Transaction][#type-transaction] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for
|
||
* payment-related state transitions.
|
||
*/
|
||
transaction_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The read-only Square ID of the [Refund][#type-refund] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for
|
||
* refund-related state transitions.
|
||
*/
|
||
refund_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The read-only Square ID of the purchase order that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state transitions
|
||
* from the Square for Retail app.
|
||
*/
|
||
purchase_order_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The read-only Square ID of the Square goods receipt that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state
|
||
* transitions from the Square for Retail app.
|
||
*/
|
||
goods_receipt_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace InventoryAdjustment {
|
||
export enum FromStateEnum {
|
||
CUSTOM = 'CUSTOM',
|
||
INSTOCK = 'IN_STOCK',
|
||
SOLD = 'SOLD',
|
||
RETURNEDBYCUSTOMER = 'RETURNED_BY_CUSTOMER',
|
||
RESERVEDFORSALE = 'RESERVED_FOR_SALE',
|
||
SOLDONLINE = 'SOLD_ONLINE',
|
||
ORDEREDFROMVENDOR = 'ORDERED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
RECEIVEDFROMVENDOR = 'RECEIVED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
INTRANSITTO = 'IN_TRANSIT_TO',
|
||
NONE = 'NONE',
|
||
WASTE = 'WASTE',
|
||
UNLINKEDRETURN = 'UNLINKED_RETURN',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum ToStateEnum {
|
||
CUSTOM = 'CUSTOM',
|
||
INSTOCK = 'IN_STOCK',
|
||
SOLD = 'SOLD',
|
||
RETURNEDBYCUSTOMER = 'RETURNED_BY_CUSTOMER',
|
||
RESERVEDFORSALE = 'RESERVED_FOR_SALE',
|
||
SOLDONLINE = 'SOLD_ONLINE',
|
||
ORDEREDFROMVENDOR = 'ORDERED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
RECEIVEDFROMVENDOR = 'RECEIVED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
INTRANSITTO = 'IN_TRANSIT_TO',
|
||
NONE = 'NONE',
|
||
WASTE = 'WASTE',
|
||
UNLINKEDRETURN = 'UNLINKED_RETURN',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether Square should alert the merchant when the inventory quantity of a
|
||
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) is low.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class InventoryAlertType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a single physical count, inventory, adjustment, or transfer that is part of the history of inventory
|
||
* changes for a particular [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class InventoryChange {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates how the inventory change was applied.
|
||
* See [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: InventoryChange.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Contains details about the physical count when `type` is `PHYSICAL_COUNT` and unset for all other types.
|
||
*/
|
||
physical_count?: InventoryPhysicalCount;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Contains details about the inventory adjustment when `type` is `ADJUSTMENT` and unset for all other types.
|
||
*/
|
||
adjustment?: InventoryAdjustment;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Contains details about the inventory transfer when `type` is `TRANSFER` and unset for all other types.
|
||
*/
|
||
transfer?: InventoryTransfer;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace InventoryChange {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
PHYSICALCOUNT = 'PHYSICAL_COUNT',
|
||
ADJUSTMENT = 'ADJUSTMENT',
|
||
TRANSFER = 'TRANSFER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates how the inventory change was applied to a tracked quantity of items.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class InventoryChangeType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents the estimated quantity of items in a particular state at a particular location based on the known history
|
||
* of physical counts and inventory adjustments.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class InventoryCount {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
|
||
* Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_type?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items.
|
||
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
state?: InventoryCount.StateEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The number of items in the count as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
|
||
*/
|
||
quantity?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the most recent physical count or
|
||
* adjustment that had an affect on the estimated count.
|
||
*/
|
||
calculated_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace InventoryCount {
|
||
export enum StateEnum {
|
||
CUSTOM = 'CUSTOM',
|
||
INSTOCK = 'IN_STOCK',
|
||
SOLD = 'SOLD',
|
||
RETURNEDBYCUSTOMER = 'RETURNED_BY_CUSTOMER',
|
||
RESERVEDFORSALE = 'RESERVED_FOR_SALE',
|
||
SOLDONLINE = 'SOLD_ONLINE',
|
||
ORDEREDFROMVENDOR = 'ORDERED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
RECEIVEDFROMVENDOR = 'RECEIVED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
INTRANSITTO = 'IN_TRANSIT_TO',
|
||
NONE = 'NONE',
|
||
WASTE = 'WASTE',
|
||
UNLINKEDRETURN = 'UNLINKED_RETURN',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a verified (re)count of items in a given state at a specific location.
|
||
* For example, the quantity of items currently on hand at a physical store).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class InventoryPhysicalCount {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount).
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) to
|
||
* an external system.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
|
||
* Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_type?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items.
|
||
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
state?: InventoryPhysicalCount.StateEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The number of items affected by the physical count as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
|
||
*/
|
||
quantity?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Read-only information about the application that submitted the physical count.
|
||
*/
|
||
source?: SourceApplication;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the physical count.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the physical count took place. For write actions,
|
||
* the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
occurred_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the physical count.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace InventoryPhysicalCount {
|
||
export enum StateEnum {
|
||
CUSTOM = 'CUSTOM',
|
||
INSTOCK = 'IN_STOCK',
|
||
SOLD = 'SOLD',
|
||
RETURNEDBYCUSTOMER = 'RETURNED_BY_CUSTOMER',
|
||
RESERVEDFORSALE = 'RESERVED_FOR_SALE',
|
||
SOLDONLINE = 'SOLD_ONLINE',
|
||
ORDEREDFROMVENDOR = 'ORDERED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
RECEIVEDFROMVENDOR = 'RECEIVED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
INTRANSITTO = 'IN_TRANSIT_TO',
|
||
NONE = 'NONE',
|
||
WASTE = 'WASTE',
|
||
UNLINKEDRETURN = 'UNLINKED_RETURN',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the state of a tracked item quantity in the lifecycle of goods.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class InventoryState {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents the transfer of a quantity of product inventory at a particular time from one location to another.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class InventoryTransfer {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer).
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer) to an external system.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the quantity of items being transfered.
|
||
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
state?: InventoryTransfer.StateEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked before the transfer.
|
||
*/
|
||
from_location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked after the transfer.
|
||
*/
|
||
to_location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being
|
||
* tracked.Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_type?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The number of items affected by the transfer as a decimal string. Fractional quantities are not supported.
|
||
*/
|
||
quantity?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the transfer took place. For write actions,
|
||
* the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
occurred_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the transfer request.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Read-only information about the application that initiated the inventory transfer.
|
||
*/
|
||
source?: SourceApplication;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory transfer.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace InventoryTransfer {
|
||
export enum StateEnum {
|
||
CUSTOM = 'CUSTOM',
|
||
INSTOCK = 'IN_STOCK',
|
||
SOLD = 'SOLD',
|
||
RETURNEDBYCUSTOMER = 'RETURNED_BY_CUSTOMER',
|
||
RESERVEDFORSALE = 'RESERVED_FOR_SALE',
|
||
SOLDONLINE = 'SOLD_ONLINE',
|
||
ORDEREDFROMVENDOR = 'ORDERED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
RECEIVEDFROMVENDOR = 'RECEIVED_FROM_VENDOR',
|
||
INTRANSITTO = 'IN_TRANSIT_TO',
|
||
NONE = 'NONE',
|
||
WASTE = 'WASTE',
|
||
UNLINKEDRETURN = 'UNLINKED_RETURN',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Price and inventory alerting overrides for a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at a specific
|
||
* [location](#type-location).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ItemVariationLocationOverrides {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the [location](#type-location).
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The price of the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given [location](#type-location), or
|
||
* blank for variable pricing.
|
||
*/
|
||
price_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pricing type (fixed or variable) for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given
|
||
* [location](#type-location). See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
pricing_type?: ItemVariationLocationOverrides.PricingTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at this
|
||
* [location](#type-location).
|
||
*/
|
||
track_inventory?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) displays an alert when its inventory
|
||
* quantity is less than or equal to its `inventory_alert_threshold`.
|
||
* See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
inventory_alert_type?: ItemVariationLocationOverrides.InventoryAlertTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is
|
||
* `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer.
|
||
*/
|
||
inventory_alert_threshold?: number;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ItemVariationLocationOverrides {
|
||
export enum PricingTypeEnum {
|
||
FIXEDPRICING = 'FIXED_PRICING',
|
||
VARIABLEPRICING = 'VARIABLE_PRICING',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum InventoryAlertTypeEnum {
|
||
NONE = 'NONE',
|
||
LOWQUANTITY = 'LOW_QUANTITY',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first).
|
||
* Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
sort_order?: ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest.SortOrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest {
|
||
export enum SortOrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `additional_recipient_receivable_refunds` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds that match your query.
|
||
*/
|
||
receivable_refunds?: Array<AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor`
|
||
* parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details
|
||
* on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first).
|
||
* Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
sort_order?: ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest.SortOrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest {
|
||
export enum SortOrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `additional_recipient_receivables` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivables that match your query.
|
||
*/
|
||
receivables?: Array<AdditionalRecipientReceivable>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor`
|
||
* parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request for a filtered set of `BreakType` objects
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListBreakTypesRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filter Break Types returned to only those that are associated with the specified location.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of Break Types to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Pointer to the next page of Break Type results to fetch.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to a request for a set of `BreakTypes`. Contains the requested `BreakType` objects.
|
||
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListBreakTypesResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A page of `BreakType` results.
|
||
*/
|
||
break_types?: Array<BreakType>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Break Type results.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class ListCatalogRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional case-insensitive, comma-separated list of object types to retrieve, for example `ITEM,ITEM_VARIATION,CATEGORY`.
|
||
* The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely "ITEM",
|
||
* "ITEM_VARIATION", "CATEGORY", "DISCOUNT", "TAX", "MODIFIER" or "MODIFIER_LIST".
|
||
*/
|
||
types?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class ListCatalogResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
|
||
*/
|
||
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the query parameters that can be provided in a request to the ListCustomers endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListCustomersRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates how Customers should be sorted. Default: `DEFAULT`.
|
||
* See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
sort_field?: ListCustomersRequest.SortFieldEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether Customers should be sorted in ascending (`ASC`) or descending (`DESC`) order. Default: `ASC`.
|
||
* See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
sort_order?: ListCustomersRequest.SortOrderEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ListCustomersRequest {
|
||
export enum SortFieldEnum {
|
||
DEFAULT = 'DEFAULT',
|
||
CREATEDAT = 'CREATED_AT',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum SortOrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListCustomers endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `customers` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListCustomersResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An array of `Customer` objects that match your query.
|
||
*/
|
||
customers?: Array<Customer>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
* This value is present only if the request succeeded and additional results are available.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request for a set of `EmployeeWage` objects
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListEmployeeWagesRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filter wages returned to only those that are associated with the specified employee.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of Employee Wages to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at
|
||
* 200.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Pointer to the next page of Employee Wage results to fetch.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to a request for a set of `EmployeeWage` objects. Contains a set of `EmployeeWage`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListEmployeeWagesResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A page of Employee Wage results.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_wages?: Array<EmployeeWage>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Employee Wage results.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Retrieve a paged-list of employees for a Square account
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListEmployeesRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filter employees returned to only those that are associated with the specified location.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specifies the EmployeeStatus to filter the employee by. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: ListEmployeesRequest.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The number of employees to be returned on each page.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The token required to retrieve the specified page of results.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ListEmployeesRequest {
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
ACTIVE = 'ACTIVE',
|
||
INACTIVE = 'INACTIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListEmployees endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `employees` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListEmployeesResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of employees returned from the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
employees?: Array<Employee>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The token to be used to retrieve the next page of results.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in requests to the ListLocations endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListLocationsRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListLocations endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `locations` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListLocationsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The business's locations.
|
||
*/
|
||
locations?: Array<Location>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the ListRefunds endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListRefundsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details
|
||
* on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first).
|
||
* Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
sort_order?: ListRefundsRequest.SortOrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ListRefundsRequest {
|
||
export enum SortOrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListRefunds endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `refunds` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListRefundsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An array of refunds that match your query.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunds?: Array<Refund>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain.
|
||
* Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the ListTransactions endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListTransactionsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details
|
||
* on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first).
|
||
* Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
sort_order?: ListTransactionsRequest.SortOrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ListTransactionsRequest {
|
||
export enum SortOrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListTransactions endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `transactions` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListTransactionsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An array of transactions that match your query.
|
||
*/
|
||
transactions?: Array<Transaction>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain.
|
||
* Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request for a set of `WorkweekConfig` objects
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListWorkweekConfigsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of Workweek Configs to return per page.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Pointer to the next page of Workweek Config results to fetch.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to a request for a set of `WorkweekConfig` objects. Contains the requested `WorkweekConfig` objects.
|
||
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ListWorkweekConfigsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A page of Employee Wage results.
|
||
*/
|
||
workweek_configs?: Array<WorkweekConfig>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next page of Employee Wage results.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents one of a business's locations.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Location {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location's name. Location names are set by the account owner and displayed in the dashboard as the location's
|
||
* nickname
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location's physical address.
|
||
*/
|
||
address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [IANA Timezone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones) identifier for the location's timezone.
|
||
*/
|
||
timezone?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates which Square features are enabled for the location. See [LocationCapability](#type-locationcapability)
|
||
* for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
capabilities?: Array<Location.CapabilitiesEnum>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location's status See [LocationStatus](#type-locationstatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: Location.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the location was created, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The identifier of the merchant that owns the location.
|
||
*/
|
||
merchant_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
country?: Location.CountryEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The language associated with the location in [BCP 47 format](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47#appendix-A).
|
||
*/
|
||
language_code?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The currency used for all transactions at this location, specified in __ISO 4217 format__. For example, the
|
||
* currency for a location processing transactions in the United States is 'USD'. See [Currency](#type-currency)
|
||
* for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
currency?: Location.CurrencyEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location's phone_number.
|
||
*/
|
||
phone_number?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location's business_name which is shown to its customers. For example, this is the name printed on its
|
||
* customer's receipts.
|
||
*/
|
||
business_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location's type, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. Typically used to indicate whether or
|
||
* not the location object represents a physical space like a building or mall space. See
|
||
* [LocationType](#type-locationtype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: Location.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The location's website, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. Default: none; only exists if
|
||
* explicitly set.
|
||
*/
|
||
website_url?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Location {
|
||
export enum CapabilitiesEnum {
|
||
CREDITCARDPROCESSING = 'CREDIT_CARD_PROCESSING',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
ACTIVE = 'ACTIVE',
|
||
INACTIVE = 'INACTIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum CountryEnum {
|
||
ZZ = 'ZZ',
|
||
AD = 'AD',
|
||
AE = 'AE',
|
||
AF = 'AF',
|
||
AG = 'AG',
|
||
AI = 'AI',
|
||
AL = 'AL',
|
||
AM = 'AM',
|
||
AO = 'AO',
|
||
AQ = 'AQ',
|
||
AR = 'AR',
|
||
AS = 'AS',
|
||
AT = 'AT',
|
||
AU = 'AU',
|
||
AW = 'AW',
|
||
AX = 'AX',
|
||
AZ = 'AZ',
|
||
BA = 'BA',
|
||
BB = 'BB',
|
||
BD = 'BD',
|
||
BE = 'BE',
|
||
BF = 'BF',
|
||
BG = 'BG',
|
||
BH = 'BH',
|
||
BI = 'BI',
|
||
BJ = 'BJ',
|
||
BL = 'BL',
|
||
BM = 'BM',
|
||
BN = 'BN',
|
||
BO = 'BO',
|
||
BQ = 'BQ',
|
||
BR = 'BR',
|
||
BS = 'BS',
|
||
BT = 'BT',
|
||
BV = 'BV',
|
||
BW = 'BW',
|
||
BY = 'BY',
|
||
BZ = 'BZ',
|
||
CA = 'CA',
|
||
CC = 'CC',
|
||
CD = 'CD',
|
||
CF = 'CF',
|
||
CG = 'CG',
|
||
CH = 'CH',
|
||
CI = 'CI',
|
||
CK = 'CK',
|
||
CL = 'CL',
|
||
CM = 'CM',
|
||
CN = 'CN',
|
||
CO = 'CO',
|
||
CR = 'CR',
|
||
CU = 'CU',
|
||
CV = 'CV',
|
||
CW = 'CW',
|
||
CX = 'CX',
|
||
CY = 'CY',
|
||
CZ = 'CZ',
|
||
DE = 'DE',
|
||
DJ = 'DJ',
|
||
DK = 'DK',
|
||
DM = 'DM',
|
||
DO = 'DO',
|
||
DZ = 'DZ',
|
||
EC = 'EC',
|
||
EE = 'EE',
|
||
EG = 'EG',
|
||
EH = 'EH',
|
||
ER = 'ER',
|
||
ES = 'ES',
|
||
ET = 'ET',
|
||
FI = 'FI',
|
||
FJ = 'FJ',
|
||
FK = 'FK',
|
||
FM = 'FM',
|
||
FO = 'FO',
|
||
FR = 'FR',
|
||
GA = 'GA',
|
||
GB = 'GB',
|
||
GD = 'GD',
|
||
GE = 'GE',
|
||
GF = 'GF',
|
||
GG = 'GG',
|
||
GH = 'GH',
|
||
GI = 'GI',
|
||
GL = 'GL',
|
||
GM = 'GM',
|
||
GN = 'GN',
|
||
GP = 'GP',
|
||
GQ = 'GQ',
|
||
GR = 'GR',
|
||
GS = 'GS',
|
||
GT = 'GT',
|
||
GU = 'GU',
|
||
GW = 'GW',
|
||
GY = 'GY',
|
||
HK = 'HK',
|
||
HM = 'HM',
|
||
HN = 'HN',
|
||
HR = 'HR',
|
||
HT = 'HT',
|
||
HU = 'HU',
|
||
ID = 'ID',
|
||
IE = 'IE',
|
||
IL = 'IL',
|
||
IM = 'IM',
|
||
IN = 'IN',
|
||
IO = 'IO',
|
||
IQ = 'IQ',
|
||
IR = 'IR',
|
||
IS = 'IS',
|
||
IT = 'IT',
|
||
JE = 'JE',
|
||
JM = 'JM',
|
||
JO = 'JO',
|
||
JP = 'JP',
|
||
KE = 'KE',
|
||
KG = 'KG',
|
||
KH = 'KH',
|
||
KI = 'KI',
|
||
KM = 'KM',
|
||
KN = 'KN',
|
||
KP = 'KP',
|
||
KR = 'KR',
|
||
KW = 'KW',
|
||
KY = 'KY',
|
||
KZ = 'KZ',
|
||
LA = 'LA',
|
||
LB = 'LB',
|
||
LC = 'LC',
|
||
LI = 'LI',
|
||
LK = 'LK',
|
||
LR = 'LR',
|
||
LS = 'LS',
|
||
LT = 'LT',
|
||
LU = 'LU',
|
||
LV = 'LV',
|
||
LY = 'LY',
|
||
MA = 'MA',
|
||
MC = 'MC',
|
||
MD = 'MD',
|
||
ME = 'ME',
|
||
MF = 'MF',
|
||
MG = 'MG',
|
||
MH = 'MH',
|
||
MK = 'MK',
|
||
ML = 'ML',
|
||
MM = 'MM',
|
||
MN = 'MN',
|
||
MO = 'MO',
|
||
MP = 'MP',
|
||
MQ = 'MQ',
|
||
MR = 'MR',
|
||
MS = 'MS',
|
||
MT = 'MT',
|
||
MU = 'MU',
|
||
MV = 'MV',
|
||
MW = 'MW',
|
||
MX = 'MX',
|
||
MY = 'MY',
|
||
MZ = 'MZ',
|
||
NA = 'NA',
|
||
NC = 'NC',
|
||
NE = 'NE',
|
||
NF = 'NF',
|
||
NG = 'NG',
|
||
NI = 'NI',
|
||
NL = 'NL',
|
||
NO = 'NO',
|
||
NP = 'NP',
|
||
NR = 'NR',
|
||
NU = 'NU',
|
||
NZ = 'NZ',
|
||
OM = 'OM',
|
||
PA = 'PA',
|
||
PE = 'PE',
|
||
PF = 'PF',
|
||
PG = 'PG',
|
||
PH = 'PH',
|
||
PK = 'PK',
|
||
PL = 'PL',
|
||
PM = 'PM',
|
||
PN = 'PN',
|
||
PR = 'PR',
|
||
PS = 'PS',
|
||
PT = 'PT',
|
||
PW = 'PW',
|
||
PY = 'PY',
|
||
QA = 'QA',
|
||
RE = 'RE',
|
||
RO = 'RO',
|
||
RS = 'RS',
|
||
RU = 'RU',
|
||
RW = 'RW',
|
||
SA = 'SA',
|
||
SB = 'SB',
|
||
SC = 'SC',
|
||
SD = 'SD',
|
||
SE = 'SE',
|
||
SG = 'SG',
|
||
SH = 'SH',
|
||
SI = 'SI',
|
||
SJ = 'SJ',
|
||
SK = 'SK',
|
||
SL = 'SL',
|
||
SM = 'SM',
|
||
SN = 'SN',
|
||
SO = 'SO',
|
||
SR = 'SR',
|
||
SS = 'SS',
|
||
ST = 'ST',
|
||
SV = 'SV',
|
||
SX = 'SX',
|
||
SY = 'SY',
|
||
SZ = 'SZ',
|
||
TC = 'TC',
|
||
TD = 'TD',
|
||
TF = 'TF',
|
||
TG = 'TG',
|
||
TH = 'TH',
|
||
TJ = 'TJ',
|
||
TK = 'TK',
|
||
TL = 'TL',
|
||
TM = 'TM',
|
||
TN = 'TN',
|
||
TO = 'TO',
|
||
TR = 'TR',
|
||
TT = 'TT',
|
||
TV = 'TV',
|
||
TW = 'TW',
|
||
TZ = 'TZ',
|
||
UA = 'UA',
|
||
UG = 'UG',
|
||
UM = 'UM',
|
||
US = 'US',
|
||
UY = 'UY',
|
||
UZ = 'UZ',
|
||
VA = 'VA',
|
||
VC = 'VC',
|
||
VE = 'VE',
|
||
VG = 'VG',
|
||
VI = 'VI',
|
||
VN = 'VN',
|
||
VU = 'VU',
|
||
WF = 'WF',
|
||
WS = 'WS',
|
||
YE = 'YE',
|
||
YT = 'YT',
|
||
ZA = 'ZA',
|
||
ZM = 'ZM',
|
||
ZW = 'ZW',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum CurrencyEnum {
|
||
UNKNOWNCURRENCY = 'UNKNOWN_CURRENCY',
|
||
AED = 'AED',
|
||
AFN = 'AFN',
|
||
ALL = 'ALL',
|
||
AMD = 'AMD',
|
||
ANG = 'ANG',
|
||
AOA = 'AOA',
|
||
ARS = 'ARS',
|
||
AUD = 'AUD',
|
||
AWG = 'AWG',
|
||
AZN = 'AZN',
|
||
BAM = 'BAM',
|
||
BBD = 'BBD',
|
||
BDT = 'BDT',
|
||
BGN = 'BGN',
|
||
BHD = 'BHD',
|
||
BIF = 'BIF',
|
||
BMD = 'BMD',
|
||
BND = 'BND',
|
||
BOB = 'BOB',
|
||
BOV = 'BOV',
|
||
BRL = 'BRL',
|
||
BSD = 'BSD',
|
||
BTN = 'BTN',
|
||
BWP = 'BWP',
|
||
BYR = 'BYR',
|
||
BZD = 'BZD',
|
||
CAD = 'CAD',
|
||
CDF = 'CDF',
|
||
CHE = 'CHE',
|
||
CHF = 'CHF',
|
||
CHW = 'CHW',
|
||
CLF = 'CLF',
|
||
CLP = 'CLP',
|
||
CNY = 'CNY',
|
||
COP = 'COP',
|
||
COU = 'COU',
|
||
CRC = 'CRC',
|
||
CUC = 'CUC',
|
||
CUP = 'CUP',
|
||
CVE = 'CVE',
|
||
CZK = 'CZK',
|
||
DJF = 'DJF',
|
||
DKK = 'DKK',
|
||
DOP = 'DOP',
|
||
DZD = 'DZD',
|
||
EGP = 'EGP',
|
||
ERN = 'ERN',
|
||
ETB = 'ETB',
|
||
EUR = 'EUR',
|
||
FJD = 'FJD',
|
||
FKP = 'FKP',
|
||
GBP = 'GBP',
|
||
GEL = 'GEL',
|
||
GHS = 'GHS',
|
||
GIP = 'GIP',
|
||
GMD = 'GMD',
|
||
GNF = 'GNF',
|
||
GTQ = 'GTQ',
|
||
GYD = 'GYD',
|
||
HKD = 'HKD',
|
||
HNL = 'HNL',
|
||
HRK = 'HRK',
|
||
HTG = 'HTG',
|
||
HUF = 'HUF',
|
||
IDR = 'IDR',
|
||
ILS = 'ILS',
|
||
INR = 'INR',
|
||
IQD = 'IQD',
|
||
IRR = 'IRR',
|
||
ISK = 'ISK',
|
||
JMD = 'JMD',
|
||
JOD = 'JOD',
|
||
JPY = 'JPY',
|
||
KES = 'KES',
|
||
KGS = 'KGS',
|
||
KHR = 'KHR',
|
||
KMF = 'KMF',
|
||
KPW = 'KPW',
|
||
KRW = 'KRW',
|
||
KWD = 'KWD',
|
||
KYD = 'KYD',
|
||
KZT = 'KZT',
|
||
LAK = 'LAK',
|
||
LBP = 'LBP',
|
||
LKR = 'LKR',
|
||
LRD = 'LRD',
|
||
LSL = 'LSL',
|
||
LTL = 'LTL',
|
||
LVL = 'LVL',
|
||
LYD = 'LYD',
|
||
MAD = 'MAD',
|
||
MDL = 'MDL',
|
||
MGA = 'MGA',
|
||
MKD = 'MKD',
|
||
MMK = 'MMK',
|
||
MNT = 'MNT',
|
||
MOP = 'MOP',
|
||
MRO = 'MRO',
|
||
MUR = 'MUR',
|
||
MVR = 'MVR',
|
||
MWK = 'MWK',
|
||
MXN = 'MXN',
|
||
MXV = 'MXV',
|
||
MYR = 'MYR',
|
||
MZN = 'MZN',
|
||
NAD = 'NAD',
|
||
NGN = 'NGN',
|
||
NIO = 'NIO',
|
||
NOK = 'NOK',
|
||
NPR = 'NPR',
|
||
NZD = 'NZD',
|
||
OMR = 'OMR',
|
||
PAB = 'PAB',
|
||
PEN = 'PEN',
|
||
PGK = 'PGK',
|
||
PHP = 'PHP',
|
||
PKR = 'PKR',
|
||
PLN = 'PLN',
|
||
PYG = 'PYG',
|
||
QAR = 'QAR',
|
||
RON = 'RON',
|
||
RSD = 'RSD',
|
||
RUB = 'RUB',
|
||
RWF = 'RWF',
|
||
SAR = 'SAR',
|
||
SBD = 'SBD',
|
||
SCR = 'SCR',
|
||
SDG = 'SDG',
|
||
SEK = 'SEK',
|
||
SGD = 'SGD',
|
||
SHP = 'SHP',
|
||
SLL = 'SLL',
|
||
SOS = 'SOS',
|
||
SRD = 'SRD',
|
||
SSP = 'SSP',
|
||
STD = 'STD',
|
||
SVC = 'SVC',
|
||
SYP = 'SYP',
|
||
SZL = 'SZL',
|
||
THB = 'THB',
|
||
TJS = 'TJS',
|
||
TMT = 'TMT',
|
||
TND = 'TND',
|
||
TOP = 'TOP',
|
||
TRY = 'TRY',
|
||
TTD = 'TTD',
|
||
TWD = 'TWD',
|
||
TZS = 'TZS',
|
||
UAH = 'UAH',
|
||
UGX = 'UGX',
|
||
USD = 'USD',
|
||
USN = 'USN',
|
||
USS = 'USS',
|
||
UYI = 'UYI',
|
||
UYU = 'UYU',
|
||
UZS = 'UZS',
|
||
VEF = 'VEF',
|
||
VND = 'VND',
|
||
VUV = 'VUV',
|
||
WST = 'WST',
|
||
XAF = 'XAF',
|
||
XAG = 'XAG',
|
||
XAU = 'XAU',
|
||
XBA = 'XBA',
|
||
XBB = 'XBB',
|
||
XBC = 'XBC',
|
||
XBD = 'XBD',
|
||
XCD = 'XCD',
|
||
XDR = 'XDR',
|
||
XOF = 'XOF',
|
||
XPD = 'XPD',
|
||
XPF = 'XPF',
|
||
XPT = 'XPT',
|
||
XTS = 'XTS',
|
||
XXX = 'XXX',
|
||
YER = 'YER',
|
||
ZAR = 'ZAR',
|
||
ZMK = 'ZMK',
|
||
ZMW = 'ZMW',
|
||
BTC = 'BTC',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
PHYSICAL = 'PHYSICAL',
|
||
MOBILE = 'MOBILE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates payment capabilities that a business's location might or might not have enabled.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class LocationCapability {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the location's status.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class LocationStatus {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the location's type.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class LocationType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A record of an employee's break during a shift.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ModelBreak {
|
||
/**
|
||
* UUID for this object
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated.
|
||
*/
|
||
start_at: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated.
|
||
* The `end_at` minute is not counted when the break length is calculated. For example, a break from `00:00` to
|
||
* `00:11` is considered a 10 minute break (midnight to 10 minutes after midnight).
|
||
*/
|
||
end_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The `BreakType` this `Break` was templated on.
|
||
*/
|
||
break_type_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A human-readable name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of the break.
|
||
*/
|
||
expected_duration: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes.
|
||
*/
|
||
is_paid: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents an error encountered during a request to the Connect API.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ModelError {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The error's high-level category. See [ErrorCategory](#type-errorcategory) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
category: ModelError.CategoryEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The error's specific code. See [ErrorCode](#type-errorcode) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
code: ModelError.CodeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A human-readable description of the error for debugging purposes.
|
||
*/
|
||
detail?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the field provided in the original request that the error pertains to, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
field?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ModelError {
|
||
export enum CategoryEnum {
|
||
APIERROR = 'API_ERROR',
|
||
AUTHENTICATIONERROR = 'AUTHENTICATION_ERROR',
|
||
INVALIDREQUESTERROR = 'INVALID_REQUEST_ERROR',
|
||
RATELIMITERROR = 'RATE_LIMIT_ERROR',
|
||
PAYMENTMETHODERROR = 'PAYMENT_METHOD_ERROR',
|
||
REFUNDERROR = 'REFUND_ERROR',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum CodeEnum {
|
||
INTERNALSERVERERROR = 'INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR',
|
||
UNAUTHORIZED = 'UNAUTHORIZED',
|
||
ACCESSTOKENEXPIRED = 'ACCESS_TOKEN_EXPIRED',
|
||
ACCESSTOKENREVOKED = 'ACCESS_TOKEN_REVOKED',
|
||
FORBIDDEN = 'FORBIDDEN',
|
||
INSUFFICIENTSCOPES = 'INSUFFICIENT_SCOPES',
|
||
APPLICATIONDISABLED = 'APPLICATION_DISABLED',
|
||
V1APPLICATION = 'V1_APPLICATION',
|
||
V1ACCESSTOKEN = 'V1_ACCESS_TOKEN',
|
||
CARDPROCESSINGNOTENABLED = 'CARD_PROCESSING_NOT_ENABLED',
|
||
BADREQUEST = 'BAD_REQUEST',
|
||
MISSINGREQUIREDPARAMETER = 'MISSING_REQUIRED_PARAMETER',
|
||
INCORRECTTYPE = 'INCORRECT_TYPE',
|
||
INVALIDTIME = 'INVALID_TIME',
|
||
INVALIDTIMERANGE = 'INVALID_TIME_RANGE',
|
||
INVALIDVALUE = 'INVALID_VALUE',
|
||
INVALIDCURSOR = 'INVALID_CURSOR',
|
||
UNKNOWNQUERYPARAMETER = 'UNKNOWN_QUERY_PARAMETER',
|
||
CONFLICTINGPARAMETERS = 'CONFLICTING_PARAMETERS',
|
||
EXPECTEDJSONBODY = 'EXPECTED_JSON_BODY',
|
||
INVALIDSORTORDER = 'INVALID_SORT_ORDER',
|
||
VALUEREGEXMISMATCH = 'VALUE_REGEX_MISMATCH',
|
||
VALUETOOSHORT = 'VALUE_TOO_SHORT',
|
||
VALUETOOLONG = 'VALUE_TOO_LONG',
|
||
VALUETOOLOW = 'VALUE_TOO_LOW',
|
||
VALUETOOHIGH = 'VALUE_TOO_HIGH',
|
||
VALUEEMPTY = 'VALUE_EMPTY',
|
||
ARRAYLENGTHTOOLONG = 'ARRAY_LENGTH_TOO_LONG',
|
||
ARRAYLENGTHTOOSHORT = 'ARRAY_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT',
|
||
ARRAYEMPTY = 'ARRAY_EMPTY',
|
||
EXPECTEDBOOLEAN = 'EXPECTED_BOOLEAN',
|
||
EXPECTEDINTEGER = 'EXPECTED_INTEGER',
|
||
EXPECTEDFLOAT = 'EXPECTED_FLOAT',
|
||
EXPECTEDSTRING = 'EXPECTED_STRING',
|
||
EXPECTEDOBJECT = 'EXPECTED_OBJECT',
|
||
EXPECTEDARRAY = 'EXPECTED_ARRAY',
|
||
EXPECTEDMAP = 'EXPECTED_MAP',
|
||
EXPECTEDBASE64ENCODEDBYTEARRAY = 'EXPECTED_BASE64_ENCODED_BYTE_ARRAY',
|
||
INVALIDARRAYVALUE = 'INVALID_ARRAY_VALUE',
|
||
INVALIDENUMVALUE = 'INVALID_ENUM_VALUE',
|
||
INVALIDCONTENTTYPE = 'INVALID_CONTENT_TYPE',
|
||
INVALIDFORMVALUE = 'INVALID_FORM_VALUE',
|
||
ONEINSTRUMENTEXPECTED = 'ONE_INSTRUMENT_EXPECTED',
|
||
NOFIELDSSET = 'NO_FIELDS_SET',
|
||
DEPRECATEDFIELDSET = 'DEPRECATED_FIELD_SET',
|
||
CARDEXPIRED = 'CARD_EXPIRED',
|
||
INVALIDEXPIRATION = 'INVALID_EXPIRATION',
|
||
INVALIDEXPIRATIONYEAR = 'INVALID_EXPIRATION_YEAR',
|
||
INVALIDEXPIRATIONDATE = 'INVALID_EXPIRATION_DATE',
|
||
UNSUPPORTEDCARDBRAND = 'UNSUPPORTED_CARD_BRAND',
|
||
UNSUPPORTEDENTRYMETHOD = 'UNSUPPORTED_ENTRY_METHOD',
|
||
INVALIDENCRYPTEDCARD = 'INVALID_ENCRYPTED_CARD',
|
||
INVALIDCARD = 'INVALID_CARD',
|
||
DELAYEDTRANSACTIONEXPIRED = 'DELAYED_TRANSACTION_EXPIRED',
|
||
DELAYEDTRANSACTIONCANCELED = 'DELAYED_TRANSACTION_CANCELED',
|
||
DELAYEDTRANSACTIONCAPTURED = 'DELAYED_TRANSACTION_CAPTURED',
|
||
DELAYEDTRANSACTIONFAILED = 'DELAYED_TRANSACTION_FAILED',
|
||
CARDTOKENEXPIRED = 'CARD_TOKEN_EXPIRED',
|
||
CARDTOKENUSED = 'CARD_TOKEN_USED',
|
||
AMOUNTTOOHIGH = 'AMOUNT_TOO_HIGH',
|
||
UNSUPPORTEDINSTRUMENTTYPE = 'UNSUPPORTED_INSTRUMENT_TYPE',
|
||
REFUNDAMOUNTINVALID = 'REFUND_AMOUNT_INVALID',
|
||
REFUNDALREADYPENDING = 'REFUND_ALREADY_PENDING',
|
||
PAYMENTNOTREFUNDABLE = 'PAYMENT_NOT_REFUNDABLE',
|
||
INVALIDCARDDATA = 'INVALID_CARD_DATA',
|
||
LOCATIONMISMATCH = 'LOCATION_MISMATCH',
|
||
IDEMPOTENCYKEYREUSED = 'IDEMPOTENCY_KEY_REUSED',
|
||
UNEXPECTEDVALUE = 'UNEXPECTED_VALUE',
|
||
SANDBOXNOTSUPPORTED = 'SANDBOX_NOT_SUPPORTED',
|
||
INVALIDEMAILADDRESS = 'INVALID_EMAIL_ADDRESS',
|
||
INVALIDPHONENUMBER = 'INVALID_PHONE_NUMBER',
|
||
CHECKOUTEXPIRED = 'CHECKOUT_EXPIRED',
|
||
BADCERTIFICATE = 'BAD_CERTIFICATE',
|
||
CARDDECLINED = 'CARD_DECLINED',
|
||
VERIFYCVVFAILURE = 'VERIFY_CVV_FAILURE',
|
||
VERIFYAVSFAILURE = 'VERIFY_AVS_FAILURE',
|
||
CARDDECLINEDCALLISSUER = 'CARD_DECLINED_CALL_ISSUER',
|
||
NOTFOUND = 'NOT_FOUND',
|
||
APPLEPAYMENTPROCESSINGCERTIFICATEHASHNOTFOUND = 'APPLE_PAYMENT_PROCESSING_CERTIFICATE_HASH_NOT_FOUND',
|
||
METHODNOTALLOWED = 'METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED',
|
||
NOTACCEPTABLE = 'NOT_ACCEPTABLE',
|
||
REQUESTTIMEOUT = 'REQUEST_TIMEOUT',
|
||
CONFLICT = 'CONFLICT',
|
||
REQUESTENTITYTOOLARGE = 'REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE',
|
||
UNSUPPORTEDMEDIATYPE = 'UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE',
|
||
RATELIMITED = 'RATE_LIMITED',
|
||
NOTIMPLEMENTED = 'NOT_IMPLEMENTED',
|
||
SERVICEUNAVAILABLE = 'SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE',
|
||
GATEWAYTIMEOUT = 'GATEWAY_TIMEOUT',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents an amount of money. __Important:__ Unlike version 1 of the Connect API, __all monetary amounts returned
|
||
* by v2 endpoints are positive.__ (In v1, monetary amounts are negative if they represent money being paid _by_ a
|
||
* merchant, instead of money being paid _to_ a merchant.)
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Money {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money, in the smallest denomination of the currency indicated by `currency`.
|
||
* For example, when `currency` is `USD`, `amount` is in cents.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of currency, in __ISO 4217 format__. For example, the currency code for US dollars is `USD`.
|
||
* See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
currency?: Money.CurrencyEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Money {
|
||
export enum CurrencyEnum {
|
||
UNKNOWNCURRENCY = 'UNKNOWN_CURRENCY',
|
||
AED = 'AED',
|
||
AFN = 'AFN',
|
||
ALL = 'ALL',
|
||
AMD = 'AMD',
|
||
ANG = 'ANG',
|
||
AOA = 'AOA',
|
||
ARS = 'ARS',
|
||
AUD = 'AUD',
|
||
AWG = 'AWG',
|
||
AZN = 'AZN',
|
||
BAM = 'BAM',
|
||
BBD = 'BBD',
|
||
BDT = 'BDT',
|
||
BGN = 'BGN',
|
||
BHD = 'BHD',
|
||
BIF = 'BIF',
|
||
BMD = 'BMD',
|
||
BND = 'BND',
|
||
BOB = 'BOB',
|
||
BOV = 'BOV',
|
||
BRL = 'BRL',
|
||
BSD = 'BSD',
|
||
BTN = 'BTN',
|
||
BWP = 'BWP',
|
||
BYR = 'BYR',
|
||
BZD = 'BZD',
|
||
CAD = 'CAD',
|
||
CDF = 'CDF',
|
||
CHE = 'CHE',
|
||
CHF = 'CHF',
|
||
CHW = 'CHW',
|
||
CLF = 'CLF',
|
||
CLP = 'CLP',
|
||
CNY = 'CNY',
|
||
COP = 'COP',
|
||
COU = 'COU',
|
||
CRC = 'CRC',
|
||
CUC = 'CUC',
|
||
CUP = 'CUP',
|
||
CVE = 'CVE',
|
||
CZK = 'CZK',
|
||
DJF = 'DJF',
|
||
DKK = 'DKK',
|
||
DOP = 'DOP',
|
||
DZD = 'DZD',
|
||
EGP = 'EGP',
|
||
ERN = 'ERN',
|
||
ETB = 'ETB',
|
||
EUR = 'EUR',
|
||
FJD = 'FJD',
|
||
FKP = 'FKP',
|
||
GBP = 'GBP',
|
||
GEL = 'GEL',
|
||
GHS = 'GHS',
|
||
GIP = 'GIP',
|
||
GMD = 'GMD',
|
||
GNF = 'GNF',
|
||
GTQ = 'GTQ',
|
||
GYD = 'GYD',
|
||
HKD = 'HKD',
|
||
HNL = 'HNL',
|
||
HRK = 'HRK',
|
||
HTG = 'HTG',
|
||
HUF = 'HUF',
|
||
IDR = 'IDR',
|
||
ILS = 'ILS',
|
||
INR = 'INR',
|
||
IQD = 'IQD',
|
||
IRR = 'IRR',
|
||
ISK = 'ISK',
|
||
JMD = 'JMD',
|
||
JOD = 'JOD',
|
||
JPY = 'JPY',
|
||
KES = 'KES',
|
||
KGS = 'KGS',
|
||
KHR = 'KHR',
|
||
KMF = 'KMF',
|
||
KPW = 'KPW',
|
||
KRW = 'KRW',
|
||
KWD = 'KWD',
|
||
KYD = 'KYD',
|
||
KZT = 'KZT',
|
||
LAK = 'LAK',
|
||
LBP = 'LBP',
|
||
LKR = 'LKR',
|
||
LRD = 'LRD',
|
||
LSL = 'LSL',
|
||
LTL = 'LTL',
|
||
LVL = 'LVL',
|
||
LYD = 'LYD',
|
||
MAD = 'MAD',
|
||
MDL = 'MDL',
|
||
MGA = 'MGA',
|
||
MKD = 'MKD',
|
||
MMK = 'MMK',
|
||
MNT = 'MNT',
|
||
MOP = 'MOP',
|
||
MRO = 'MRO',
|
||
MUR = 'MUR',
|
||
MVR = 'MVR',
|
||
MWK = 'MWK',
|
||
MXN = 'MXN',
|
||
MXV = 'MXV',
|
||
MYR = 'MYR',
|
||
MZN = 'MZN',
|
||
NAD = 'NAD',
|
||
NGN = 'NGN',
|
||
NIO = 'NIO',
|
||
NOK = 'NOK',
|
||
NPR = 'NPR',
|
||
NZD = 'NZD',
|
||
OMR = 'OMR',
|
||
PAB = 'PAB',
|
||
PEN = 'PEN',
|
||
PGK = 'PGK',
|
||
PHP = 'PHP',
|
||
PKR = 'PKR',
|
||
PLN = 'PLN',
|
||
PYG = 'PYG',
|
||
QAR = 'QAR',
|
||
RON = 'RON',
|
||
RSD = 'RSD',
|
||
RUB = 'RUB',
|
||
RWF = 'RWF',
|
||
SAR = 'SAR',
|
||
SBD = 'SBD',
|
||
SCR = 'SCR',
|
||
SDG = 'SDG',
|
||
SEK = 'SEK',
|
||
SGD = 'SGD',
|
||
SHP = 'SHP',
|
||
SLL = 'SLL',
|
||
SOS = 'SOS',
|
||
SRD = 'SRD',
|
||
SSP = 'SSP',
|
||
STD = 'STD',
|
||
SVC = 'SVC',
|
||
SYP = 'SYP',
|
||
SZL = 'SZL',
|
||
THB = 'THB',
|
||
TJS = 'TJS',
|
||
TMT = 'TMT',
|
||
TND = 'TND',
|
||
TOP = 'TOP',
|
||
TRY = 'TRY',
|
||
TTD = 'TTD',
|
||
TWD = 'TWD',
|
||
TZS = 'TZS',
|
||
UAH = 'UAH',
|
||
UGX = 'UGX',
|
||
USD = 'USD',
|
||
USN = 'USN',
|
||
USS = 'USS',
|
||
UYI = 'UYI',
|
||
UYU = 'UYU',
|
||
UZS = 'UZS',
|
||
VEF = 'VEF',
|
||
VND = 'VND',
|
||
VUV = 'VUV',
|
||
WST = 'WST',
|
||
XAF = 'XAF',
|
||
XAG = 'XAG',
|
||
XAU = 'XAU',
|
||
XBA = 'XBA',
|
||
XBB = 'XBB',
|
||
XBC = 'XBC',
|
||
XBD = 'XBD',
|
||
XCD = 'XCD',
|
||
XDR = 'XDR',
|
||
XOF = 'XOF',
|
||
XPD = 'XPD',
|
||
XPF = 'XPF',
|
||
XPT = 'XPT',
|
||
XTS = 'XTS',
|
||
XXX = 'XXX',
|
||
YER = 'YER',
|
||
ZAR = 'ZAR',
|
||
ZMK = 'ZMK',
|
||
ZMW = 'ZMW',
|
||
BTC = 'BTC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class ObtainTokenRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square-issued ID of your application, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
|
||
*/
|
||
client_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square-issued application secret for your application, available from the
|
||
* [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
|
||
*/
|
||
client_secret: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The authorization code to exchange. This is required if `grant_type` is set to `authorization_code`, to indicate
|
||
* that the application wants to exchange an authorization code for an OAuth access token.
|
||
*/
|
||
code?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The redirect URL assigned in the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
|
||
*/
|
||
redirect_uri?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specifies the method to request an OAuth access token.
|
||
* Valid values are: `authorization_code`, `refresh_token`, and `migration_token`.
|
||
*/
|
||
grant_type: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A valid refresh token for generating a new OAuth access token. A valid refresh token is required if `grant_type`
|
||
* is set to `refresh_token`, to indicate the application wants a replacement for an expired OAuth access token.
|
||
*/
|
||
refresh_token?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Legacy OAuth access token obtained using a Connect API version prior to 2019-03-13. This parameter is required
|
||
* if `grant_type` is set to `migration_token` to indicate that the application wants to get a replacement OAuth access token.
|
||
* The response also returns a refresh token. For more information, see [Migrate to Using Refresh Tokens](/authz/oauth/migration).
|
||
*/
|
||
migration_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class ObtainTokenResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A valid OAuth access token. Provide the access token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints.
|
||
* See the [Build with OAuth](/authz/oauth/build-with-the-api) guide for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
access_token?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* This value is always _bearer_.
|
||
*/
|
||
token_type?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format.
|
||
*/
|
||
expires_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the authorizing merchant's business.
|
||
*/
|
||
merchant_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* __Legacy field__. The ID of a subscription plan the merchant signed up for.
|
||
* Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
|
||
*/
|
||
subscription_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement)
|
||
* plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
|
||
*/
|
||
plan_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Then OpenID token belonging to this this person.
|
||
* Only present if the OPENID scope is included in the authorize request.
|
||
*/
|
||
id_token?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A refresh token.
|
||
* For more information, see [OAuth access token management](/authz/oauth/how-it-works#oauth-access-token-management).
|
||
*/
|
||
refresh_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Contains all information related to a single order to process with Square, including line items that specify the
|
||
* products to purchase
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Order {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order's unique ID. This value is only present for Order objects created by the Orders API through
|
||
* the [CreateOrder](#endpoint-orders-createorder) endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the merchant location this order is associated with.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A client specified identifier to associate an entity in another system with this order.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The origination details of the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
source?: OrderSource;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The line items included in the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
line_items?: Array<OrderLineItem>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of taxes applied to this order. On read or retrieve, this list includes both order-level and item-level
|
||
* taxes. When creating an Order, set your order-level taxes in this list.
|
||
*/
|
||
taxes?: Array<OrderLineItemTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of discounts applied to this order. On read or retrieve, this list includes both order-level and
|
||
* item-level discounts. When creating an Order, set your order-level discounts in this list.
|
||
*/
|
||
discounts?: Array<OrderLineItemDiscount>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Details on order fulfillment. Orders can only be created with at most one fulfillment. However, orders returned
|
||
* by the API may contain multiple fulfillments.
|
||
*/
|
||
fulfillments?: Array<OrderFulfillment>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total amount of money to collect for the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total tax amount of money to collect for the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_tax_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total discount amount of money to collect for the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_discount_money?: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Contains details on how to fulfill this order.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderFulfillment {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentType](#type-orderfulfillmenttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: OrderFulfillment.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The state of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentState](#type-orderfulfillmentstate) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
state?: OrderFulfillment.StateEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Contains pickup-specific details. Required when fulfillment type is `PICKUP`.
|
||
*/
|
||
pickup_details?: OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace OrderFulfillment {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
PICKUP = 'PICKUP',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum StateEnum {
|
||
PROPOSED = 'PROPOSED',
|
||
RESERVED = 'RESERVED',
|
||
PREPARED = 'PREPARED',
|
||
COMPLETED = 'COMPLETED',
|
||
CANCELED = 'CANCELED',
|
||
FAILED = 'FAILED',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Contains details necessary to fulfill a pickup order.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The recipient of this pickup fulfillment.
|
||
*/
|
||
recipient?: OrderFulfillmentRecipient;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The expiry [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". This timestamp
|
||
* indicates when the pickup fulfillment will expire if it is not accepted by the merchant. Expiration time can only
|
||
* be set up to 7 days in the future. If not set, this pickup fulfillment will be automatically accepted when placed.
|
||
*/
|
||
expires_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The auto completion duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., "P1W3D". If set, an open and accepted pickup
|
||
* fulfillment will automatically move to the `COMPLETED` state after this period of time. If not set, this pickup
|
||
* fulfillment will remain accepted until it is canceled or completed.
|
||
*/
|
||
auto_complete_duration?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The schedule type of the pickup fulfillment. Defaults to `SCHEDULED`.
|
||
* See [OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType](#type-orderfulfillmentpickupdetailsscheduletype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
schedule_type?: OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails.ScheduleTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pickup [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z".
|
||
* For fulfillments with the schedule type `ASAP`, this is automatically set to the current time plus the expected
|
||
* duration to prepare the fulfillment. This represents the start of the pickup window.
|
||
*/
|
||
pickup_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pickup window duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., "P1W3D". This duration represents the window of
|
||
* time for which the order should be picked up after the `pickup_at` time. Can be used as an informational
|
||
* guideline for merchants.
|
||
*/
|
||
pickup_window_duration?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The preparation time duration in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., \"P1W3D\". This duration indicates how long it
|
||
* takes the merchant to prepare this fulfillment.
|
||
*/
|
||
prep_time_duration?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A general note about the pickup fulfillment. Notes are useful for providing additional instructions and are
|
||
* displayed in Square apps.
|
||
*/
|
||
note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating
|
||
* when the fulfillment was placed.
|
||
*/
|
||
placed_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating
|
||
* when the fulfillment was accepted by the merchant.
|
||
*/
|
||
accepted_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating
|
||
* when the fulfillment was rejected.
|
||
*/
|
||
rejected_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating
|
||
* when the merchant set the fulfillment as ready for pickup.
|
||
*/
|
||
ready_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating
|
||
* when the fulfillment expired.
|
||
*/
|
||
expired_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating
|
||
* when the fulfillment was picked up by the recipient.
|
||
*/
|
||
picked_up_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\", indicating
|
||
* when the fulfillment was canceled by the merchant or buyer.
|
||
*/
|
||
canceled_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A description of why the pickup was canceled. Max length is 100 characters.
|
||
*/
|
||
cancel_reason?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails {
|
||
export enum ScheduleTypeEnum {
|
||
SCHEDULED = 'SCHEDULED',
|
||
ASAP = 'ASAP',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/**
|
||
* The schedule type of the pickup fulfillment.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The recipient of a fulfillment.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderFulfillmentRecipient {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Customer ID of the customer associated with the fulfillment. If customer_id is provided, the corresponding
|
||
* recipient information fields (`display_name`, `email_address`, and `phone_number`) are automatically populated
|
||
* from the relevant customer profile. If the targeted profile information does not contain the necessary required
|
||
* information, the request will result in an error.
|
||
*/
|
||
customer_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The display name of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated
|
||
* by customer_id.
|
||
*/
|
||
display_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The email address of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated
|
||
* by customer_id.
|
||
*/
|
||
email_address?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The phone number of the fulfillment recipient. If provided, overrides the value from customer profile indicated
|
||
* by customer_id.
|
||
*/
|
||
phone_number?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The state of the fulfillment.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderFulfillmentState {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of fulfillment.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderFulfillmentType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a line item in an order. Each line item describes a different product to purchase, with its own quantity
|
||
* and price details.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderLineItem {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The quantity purchased, as a string representation of a number. This string must have a positive integer value.
|
||
*/
|
||
quantity: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The note of the line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) id applied to this line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the variation applied to this line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
variation_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s applied to this line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifiers?: Array<OrderLineItemModifier>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of taxes applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level taxes and any
|
||
* order-level taxes apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level taxes in this list.
|
||
*/
|
||
taxes?: Array<OrderLineItemTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of discounts applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level discounts
|
||
* and any order-level discounts apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level discounts in
|
||
* this list.
|
||
*/
|
||
discounts?: Array<OrderLineItemDiscount>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The base price for a single unit of the line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
base_price_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The gross sales amount of money calculated as (item base price + modifiers price) * quantity.
|
||
*/
|
||
gross_sales_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total tax amount of money to collect for the line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_tax_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total discount amount of money to collect for the line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_discount_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total amount of money to collect for this line item.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_money?: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a discount that applies to one or more line items in an order.
|
||
* Fixed-amount, order-level discounts are distributed across all non-zero line item totals.
|
||
* The amount distributed to each line item is relative to that item’s contribution to the order subtotal.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderLineItemDiscount {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The catalog object id referencing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount).
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The discount's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of the discount. If it is created by API, it would be either `FIXED_PERCENTAGE` or `FIXED_AMOUNT`.
|
||
* VARIABLE_* is not supported in API because the order is created at the time of sale and either percentage or amount has
|
||
* to be specified. See [OrderLineItemDiscountType](#type-orderlineitemdiscounttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: OrderLineItemDiscount.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a
|
||
* percentage of 7.25%. The percentage won't be set for an amount-based discount.
|
||
*/
|
||
percentage?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total monetary amount of the applicable discount. If it is at order level, it is the value of the order level
|
||
* discount. If it is at line item level, it is the value of the line item level discount. The amount_money won't
|
||
* be set for a percentage-based discount.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of discount actually applied to this line item. Represents the amount of money applied to a line item
|
||
* as a discount When an amount-based discount is at order-level, this value is different from `amount_money`
|
||
* because the discount is distributed across the line items.
|
||
*/
|
||
applied_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the level at which the discount applies. This field is set by the server.
|
||
* If set in a CreateOrder request, it will be ignored on write.
|
||
* See [OrderLineItemDiscountScope](#type-orderlineitemdiscountscope) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
scope?: OrderLineItemDiscount.ScopeEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace OrderLineItemDiscount {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
UNKNOWNDISCOUNT = 'UNKNOWN_DISCOUNT',
|
||
FIXEDPERCENTAGE = 'FIXED_PERCENTAGE',
|
||
FIXEDAMOUNT = 'FIXED_AMOUNT',
|
||
VARIABLEPERCENTAGE = 'VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE',
|
||
VARIABLEAMOUNT = 'VARIABLE_AMOUNT',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum ScopeEnum {
|
||
OTHERDISCOUNTSCOPE = 'OTHER_DISCOUNT_SCOPE',
|
||
LINEITEM = 'LINE_ITEM',
|
||
ORDER = 'ORDER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether this is a line item or order level discount.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderLineItemDiscountScope {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates how the discount is applied to the associated line item or order.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderLineItemDiscountType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderLineItemModifier {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The catalog object id referencing [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier).
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the item modifier.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both
|
||
* `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined
|
||
* [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price.
|
||
*/
|
||
base_price_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total price of the item modifier for its line item.
|
||
* This is the modifier's base_price_money multiplied by the line item's quantity.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_price_money?: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a tax that applies to one or more line items in an order.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderLineItemTax {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The catalog object id referencing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax).
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The tax's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the calculation method used to apply the tax.
|
||
* See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: OrderLineItemTax.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of `7.25` corresponds to a
|
||
* percentage of 7.25%.
|
||
*/
|
||
percentage?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of the money applied by the tax in an order.
|
||
*/
|
||
applied_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the level at which the tax applies. This field is set by the server. If set in a CreateOrder request,
|
||
* it will be ignored on write. See [OrderLineItemTaxScope](#type-orderlineitemtaxscope) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
scope?: OrderLineItemTax.ScopeEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace OrderLineItemTax {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
UNKNOWNTAX = 'UNKNOWN_TAX',
|
||
ADDITIVE = 'ADDITIVE',
|
||
INCLUSIVE = 'INCLUSIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum ScopeEnum {
|
||
OTHERTAXSCOPE = 'OTHER_TAX_SCOPE',
|
||
LINEITEM = 'LINE_ITEM',
|
||
ORDER = 'ORDER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether this is a line item or order level tax.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderLineItemTaxScope {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates how the tax is applied to the associated line item or order.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderLineItemTaxType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents the origination details of an order.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class OrderSource {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name used to identify the place (physical or digital) that an order originates.
|
||
* If unset, the name defaults to the name of the application that created the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the Square product used to generate an inventory change.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Product {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a refund processed for a Square transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Refund {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The refund's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the refund's associated location.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the transaction that the refunded tender is part of.
|
||
*/
|
||
transaction_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the refunded tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
tender_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The reason for the refund being issued.
|
||
*/
|
||
reason: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money refunded to the buyer.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The current status of the refund (`PENDING`, `APPROVED`, `REJECTED`, or `FAILED`).
|
||
* See [RefundStatus](#type-refundstatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status: Refund.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of Square processing fee money refunded to the *merchant*.
|
||
*/
|
||
processing_fee_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this refund. For example, fees assessed on
|
||
* a refund of a purchase by a third party integration.
|
||
*/
|
||
additional_recipients?: Array<AdditionalRecipient>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Refund {
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
PENDING = 'PENDING',
|
||
APPROVED = 'APPROVED',
|
||
REJECTED = 'REJECTED',
|
||
FAILED = 'FAILED',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates a refund's current status.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RefundStatus {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the RegisterDomain endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RegisterDomainRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A domain name as described in RFC-1034 that will be registered with ApplePay
|
||
*/
|
||
domain_name: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the RegisterDomain endpoint.
|
||
* Either `errors` or `status` will be present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RegisterDomainResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Status of the domain registration. See [RegisterDomainResponseStatus](#type-registerdomainresponsestatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: RegisterDomainResponse.StatusEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace RegisterDomainResponse {
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
PENDING = 'PENDING',
|
||
VERIFIED = 'VERIFIED',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The status of domain registration.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RegisterDomainResponseStatus {}
|
||
|
||
export class RenewTokenRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The token you want to renew.
|
||
*/
|
||
access_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RenewTokenResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The renewed access token. This value might be different from the `access_token` you provided in your request. You
|
||
* provide this token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints. See [Request and response
|
||
* headers](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v2/#requestandresponseheaders) for the format of this
|
||
* header.
|
||
*/
|
||
access_token?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* This value is always _bearer_.
|
||
*/
|
||
token_type?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format.
|
||
*/
|
||
expires_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the authorizing merchant's business.
|
||
*/
|
||
merchant_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the merchant
|
||
* [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement) associated
|
||
* with the authorization. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
|
||
*/
|
||
subscription_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the [subscription](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v1/#navsection-subscriptionmanagement)
|
||
* plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization.
|
||
*/
|
||
plan_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveCatalogObjectRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows:
|
||
* If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated
|
||
* [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and
|
||
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the
|
||
* response. If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation),
|
||
* its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response.
|
||
* Default value: `false`.
|
||
*/
|
||
include_related_objects?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
|
||
*/
|
||
object?: CatalogObject;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `object` field.
|
||
*/
|
||
related_objects?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in requests to the RetrieveCustomer endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RetrieveCustomerRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the RetrieveCustomer endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `customer` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RetrieveCustomerResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The requested customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
customer?: Customer;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Retrieve an employee by `Employee.id`
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RetrieveEmployeeRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the RetrieveEmployee endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `employee` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RetrieveEmployeeResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response object.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee?: Employee;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The requested [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment).
|
||
*/
|
||
adjustment?: InventoryAdjustment;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveInventoryChangesRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_ids?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of inventory changes for the requested object and locations.
|
||
*/
|
||
changes?: Array<InventoryChange>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveInventoryCountRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_ids?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveInventoryCountResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The current calculated inventory counts for the requested object and locations.
|
||
*/
|
||
counts?: Array<InventoryCount>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. See
|
||
* [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The requested [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount).
|
||
*/
|
||
count?: InventoryPhysicalCount;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the request body fields for calls to the RetrieveTransaction endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RetrieveTransactionRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the RetrieveTransaction endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `transaction` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class RetrieveTransactionResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The requested transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
transaction?: Transaction;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RevokeTokenRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Your application's ID, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps).
|
||
*/
|
||
client_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The access token of the merchant whose token you want to revoke.
|
||
* Do not provide a value for merchant_id if you provide this parameter.
|
||
*/
|
||
access_token?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the merchant whose token you want to revoke.
|
||
* Do not provide a value for access_token if you provide this parameter.
|
||
*/
|
||
merchant_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class RevokeTokenResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the request is successful, this is true.
|
||
*/
|
||
success?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class SearchCatalogObjectsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. See
|
||
* [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The desired set of object types to appear in the search results. The legal values are taken from the
|
||
* [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely "ITEM", "ITEM_VARIATION", "CATEGORY", "DISCOUNT",
|
||
* "TAX", "MODIFIER", or "MODIFIER_LIST". See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
object_types?: Array<SearchCatalogObjectsRequest.ObjectTypesEnum>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, deleted objects will be included in the results.
|
||
* Deleted objects will have their `is_deleted` field set to `true`.
|
||
*/
|
||
include_deleted_objects?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: If
|
||
* a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is returned in the object field of the response, its associated
|
||
* [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, and
|
||
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response.
|
||
* If a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) is returned in the object field of the response,
|
||
* its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response.
|
||
*/
|
||
include_related_objects?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Return objects modified after this [timestamp](#workingwithdates), in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z".
|
||
* The timestamp is exclusive - objects with a timestamp equal to `begin_time` will not be included in the response.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A query to be used to filter or sort the results. If no query is specified, the entire catalog will be returned.
|
||
*/
|
||
query?: CatalogQuery;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page.
|
||
* The limit is advisory - the implementation may return more or fewer results.
|
||
* If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of 1,000, it will be ignored.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace SearchCatalogObjectsRequest {
|
||
export enum ObjectTypesEnum {
|
||
ITEM = 'ITEM',
|
||
IMAGE = 'IMAGE',
|
||
CATEGORY = 'CATEGORY',
|
||
ITEMVARIATION = 'ITEM_VARIATION',
|
||
TAX = 'TAX',
|
||
DISCOUNT = 'DISCOUNT',
|
||
MODIFIERLIST = 'MODIFIER_LIST',
|
||
MODIFIER = 'MODIFIER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class SearchCatalogObjectsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response.
|
||
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned.
|
||
*/
|
||
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the objects in the `objects` field.
|
||
*/
|
||
related_objects?: Array<CatalogObject>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields included in the request body for the SearchCustomers endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class SearchCustomersRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Include the pagination cursor in subsequent calls to this endpoint to retrieve the next set of results associated
|
||
* with the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page. The limit is advisory - the implementation may
|
||
* return more or fewer results. If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of
|
||
* 1,000, it will be ignored.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Query customers based on the given conditions and sort order. Calling SearchCustomers without an explicit query
|
||
* parameter will return all customers ordered alphabetically based on `given_name` and `family_name`.
|
||
*/
|
||
query?: CustomerQuery;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the SearchCustomers endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `customers` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class SearchCustomersResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An array of `Customer` objects that match a query.
|
||
*/
|
||
customers?: Array<Customer>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor that can be used during subsequent calls to SearchCustomers to retrieve the next set of
|
||
* results associated with the original query. Pagination cursors are only present when a request succeeds and
|
||
* additional results are available. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request for a filtered and sorted set of `Shift` objects.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class SearchShiftsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Query filters.
|
||
*/
|
||
query?: ShiftQuery;
|
||
/**
|
||
* number of resources in a page (200 by default).
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* opaque cursor for fetching the next page.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to a request for `Shift` objects. Contains the requested `Shift` objects. May contain a set of `Error`
|
||
* objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class SearchShiftsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shifts
|
||
*/
|
||
shifts?: Array<Shift>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Opaque cursor for fetching the next page.
|
||
*/
|
||
cursor?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A record of the hourly rate, start, and end times for a single work shift for an employee. May include a record of
|
||
* the start and end times for breaks taken during the shift.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Shift {
|
||
/**
|
||
* UUID for this object
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the employee this shift belongs to.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the location this shift occurred at. Should be based on where the employee clocked in.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Read-only convenience value that is calculated from the location based on `location_id`. Format: the IANA
|
||
* Timezone Database identifier for the location timezone.
|
||
*/
|
||
timezone?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* RFC 3339; shifted to location timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated.
|
||
*/
|
||
start_at: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* RFC 3339; shifted to timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. The
|
||
* `end_at` minute is not counted when the shift length is calculated. For example, a shift from `00:00` to `08:01`
|
||
* is considered an 8 hour shift (midnight to 8am).
|
||
*/
|
||
end_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Job and pay related information.
|
||
*/
|
||
wage?: ShiftWage;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of any paid or unpaid breaks that were taken during this shift.
|
||
*/
|
||
breaks?: Array<ModelBreak>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Describes working state of the current `Shift`. See [ShiftStatus](#type-shiftstatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: Shift.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at
|
||
* time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write.
|
||
*/
|
||
version?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Shift {
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
OPEN = 'OPEN',
|
||
CLOSED = 'CLOSED',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines a filter used in a search for `Shift` records. `AND` logic is used by Square's servers to apply each filter
|
||
* property specified.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ShiftFilter {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fetch shifts for the specified location.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fetch shifts for the specified employee.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fetch a `Shift` instance by `Shift.status`. See [ShiftFilterStatus](#type-shiftfilterstatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: ShiftFilter.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fetch `Shift`s that start in the time range - Inclusive.
|
||
*/
|
||
start?: TimeRange;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fetch the `Shift`s that end in the time range - Inclusive.
|
||
*/
|
||
end?: TimeRange;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fetch the `Shift`s based on workday date range.
|
||
*/
|
||
workday?: ShiftWorkday;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ShiftFilter {
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
OPEN = 'OPEN',
|
||
CLOSED = 'CLOSED',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specifies the `status` of `Shift` records to be returned.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ShiftFilterStatus {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The parameters of a `Shift` search query. Includes filter and sort options.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ShiftQuery {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Query filter options
|
||
*/
|
||
filter?: ShiftFilter;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sort order details
|
||
*/
|
||
sort?: ShiftSort;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sets the sort order of search results.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ShiftSort {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The field to sort on. See [ShiftSortField](#type-shiftsortfield) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
field?: ShiftSort.FieldEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which results are returned. Defaults to DESC. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: ShiftSort.OrderEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ShiftSort {
|
||
export enum FieldEnum {
|
||
STARTAT = 'START_AT',
|
||
ENDAT = 'END_AT',
|
||
CREATEDAT = 'CREATED_AT',
|
||
UPDATEDAT = 'UPDATED_AT',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enumerates the `Shift` fields to sort on.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ShiftSortField {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enumerates the possible status of a `Shift`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ShiftStatus {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The hourly wage rate used to compensate an employee for this shift.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ShiftWage {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the job performed during this shift. Square labor-reporting UIs may group shifts together by title.
|
||
*/
|
||
title?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per week.
|
||
*/
|
||
hourly_rate?: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A `Shift` search query filter parameter that sets a range of days that a `Shift` must start or end in before passing
|
||
* the filter condition.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ShiftWorkday {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Dates for fetching the shifts
|
||
*/
|
||
date_range?: DateRange;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The strategy on which the dates are applied. See [ShiftWorkdayMatcher](#type-shiftworkdaymatcher) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
match_shifts_by?: ShiftWorkday.MatchShiftsByEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Location-specific timezones convert workdays to datetime filters.
|
||
* Every location included in the query must have a timezone, or this field must be provided as a fallback.
|
||
* Format: the IANA timezone database identifier for the relevant timezone.
|
||
*/
|
||
default_timezone?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace ShiftWorkday {
|
||
export enum MatchShiftsByEnum {
|
||
STARTAT = 'START_AT',
|
||
ENDAT = 'END_AT',
|
||
INTERSECTION = 'INTERSECTION',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the logic used to apply a workday filter.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class ShiftWorkdayMatcher {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order (e.g., chronological or alphabetical) in which results from a request are returned.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class SortOrder {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Provides information about the application used to generate an inventory change.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class SourceApplication {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Read-only [Product](#type-product) type for the application. See [Product](#type-product) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
product?: SourceApplication.ProductEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Read-only Square ID assigned to the application. Only used for [Product](#type-product) type `EXTERNAL_API`.
|
||
*/
|
||
application_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Read-only display name assigned to the application (e.g. "Custom Application", "Square POS 4.74 for Android").
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace SourceApplication {
|
||
export enum ProductEnum {
|
||
SQUAREPOS = 'SQUARE_POS',
|
||
EXTERNALAPI = 'EXTERNAL_API',
|
||
BILLING = 'BILLING',
|
||
APPOINTMENTS = 'APPOINTMENTS',
|
||
INVOICES = 'INVOICES',
|
||
ONLINESTORE = 'ONLINE_STORE',
|
||
PAYROLL = 'PAYROLL',
|
||
DASHBOARD = 'DASHBOARD',
|
||
ITEMLIBRARYIMPORT = 'ITEM_LIBRARY_IMPORT',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When to calculate the taxes due on a cart.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class TaxCalculationPhase {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to the tax amount should be additional to or included in to the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) price.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class TaxInclusionType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a tender (i.e., a method of payment) used in a Square transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Tender {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The tender's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the transaction's associated location.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the tender's associated transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
transaction_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the tender was created, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional note associated with the tender at the time of payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of the tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The tip's amount of the tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
tip_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of any Square processing fees applied to the tender. This field is not immediately populated when a
|
||
* new transaction is created. It is usually available after about ten seconds.
|
||
*/
|
||
processing_fee_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the tender is associated with a customer or represents a customer's card on file, this is the ID of the
|
||
* associated customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
customer_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of tender, such as `CARD` or `CASH`. See [TenderType](#type-tendertype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type: Tender.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The details of the card tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CARD`.
|
||
*/
|
||
card_details?: TenderCardDetails;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The details of the cash tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CASH`.
|
||
*/
|
||
cash_details?: TenderCashDetails;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender.
|
||
* For example, fees assessed on the purchase by a third party integration.
|
||
*/
|
||
additional_recipients?: Array<AdditionalRecipient>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Tender {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
CARD = 'CARD',
|
||
CASH = 'CASH',
|
||
THIRDPARTYCARD = 'THIRD_PARTY_CARD',
|
||
SQUAREGIFTCARD = 'SQUARE_GIFT_CARD',
|
||
NOSALE = 'NO_SALE',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents additional details of a tender with `type` `CARD` or `SQUARE_GIFT_CARD`
|
||
*/
|
||
export class TenderCardDetails {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The credit card payment's current state (such as `AUTHORIZED` or `CAPTURED`).
|
||
* See [TenderCardDetailsStatus](#type-tendercarddetailsstatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: TenderCardDetails.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The credit card's non-confidential details.
|
||
*/
|
||
card?: Card;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The method used to enter the card's details for the transaction.
|
||
* See [TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod](#type-tendercarddetailsentrymethod) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
entry_method?: TenderCardDetails.EntryMethodEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace TenderCardDetails {
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
AUTHORIZED = 'AUTHORIZED',
|
||
CAPTURED = 'CAPTURED',
|
||
VOIDED = 'VOIDED',
|
||
FAILED = 'FAILED',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum EntryMethodEnum {
|
||
SWIPED = 'SWIPED',
|
||
KEYED = 'KEYED',
|
||
EMV = 'EMV',
|
||
ONFILE = 'ON_FILE',
|
||
CONTACTLESS = 'CONTACTLESS',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the method used to enter the card's details.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the card transaction's current status.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class TenderCardDetailsStatus {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents the details of a tender with `type` `CASH`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class TenderCashDetails {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total amount of cash provided by the buyer, before change is given.
|
||
*/
|
||
buyer_tendered_money?: Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of change returned to the buyer.
|
||
*/
|
||
change_back_money?: Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates a tender's type.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class TenderType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a generic time range. The start and end values are represented in RFC-3339 format. Time ranges are
|
||
* customized to be inclusive or exclusive based on the needs of a particular endpoint. Refer to the relevent
|
||
* endpoint-specific documentation to determine how time ranges are handled.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class TimeRange {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range starts.
|
||
*/
|
||
start_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range ends.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a transaction processed with Square, either with the Connect API or with Square Point of Sale.
|
||
* The `tenders` field of this object lists all methods of payment used to pay in the transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Transaction {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The transaction's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the transaction's associated location.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the transaction was created, in RFC 3339 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The tenders used to pay in the transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
tenders?: Array<Tender>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Refunds that have been applied to any tender in the transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunds?: Array<Refund>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the transaction was created with the [Charge](#endpoint-transactions-charge) endpoint, this value is the same as
|
||
* the value provided for the `reference_id` parameter in the request to that endpoint. Otherwise, it is not set.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square product that processed the transaction. See [TransactionProduct](#type-transactionproduct) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
product?: Transaction.ProductEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the transaction was created in the Square Point of Sale app, this value is the ID generated for the
|
||
* transaction by Square Point of Sale. This ID has no relationship to the transaction's canonical `id`, which is
|
||
* generated by Square's backend servers. This value is generated for bookkeeping purposes, in case the transaction
|
||
* cannot immediately be completed (for example, if the transaction is processed in offline mode).
|
||
* It is not currently possible with the Connect API to perform a transaction lookup by this value.
|
||
*/
|
||
client_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The shipping address provided in the request, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
shipping_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order_id is an identifier for the order associated with this transaction, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
order_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace Transaction {
|
||
export enum ProductEnum {
|
||
REGISTER = 'REGISTER',
|
||
EXTERNALAPI = 'EXTERNAL_API',
|
||
BILLING = 'BILLING',
|
||
APPOINTMENTS = 'APPOINTMENTS',
|
||
INVOICES = 'INVOICES',
|
||
ONLINESTORE = 'ONLINE_STORE',
|
||
PAYROLL = 'PAYROLL',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the Square product used to process a transaction.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class TransactionProduct {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request to update a `BreakType`
|
||
*/
|
||
export class UpdateBreakTypeRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The updated `BreakType`.
|
||
*/
|
||
break_type?: BreakType;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A response to a request to update a `BreakType`. Contains the requested `BreakType` objects. May contain a set of
|
||
* `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class UpdateBreakTypeResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response object.
|
||
*/
|
||
break_type?: BreakType;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the body parameters that can be provided in a request to the UpdateCustomer endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class UpdateCustomerRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's given (i.e., first) name.
|
||
*/
|
||
given_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's family (i.e., last) name.
|
||
*/
|
||
family_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the customer's company.
|
||
*/
|
||
company_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A nickname for the customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
nickname?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's email address.
|
||
*/
|
||
email_address?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's physical address.
|
||
*/
|
||
address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer's phone number.
|
||
*/
|
||
phone_number?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system.
|
||
*/
|
||
reference_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional note to associate with the customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example:
|
||
* `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on
|
||
* September 1st 1998.
|
||
*/
|
||
birthday?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the UpdateCustomer endpoint.
|
||
* One of `errors` or `customer` is present in a given response (never both).
|
||
*/
|
||
export class UpdateCustomerResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The updated customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
customer?: Customer;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class UpdateItemModifierListsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s are being updated.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_ids: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to enable for the
|
||
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_lists_to_enable?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to disable for the
|
||
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_lists_to_disable?: Array<string>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class UpdateItemModifierListsResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z".
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class UpdateItemTaxesRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose enabled/disabled [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es are being updated.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_ids: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to enable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
|
||
*/
|
||
taxes_to_enable?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to disable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem).
|
||
*/
|
||
taxes_to_disable?: Array<string>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class UpdateItemTaxesResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z".
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request to update a `Shift` object.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class UpdateShiftRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The updated `Shift` object.
|
||
*/
|
||
shift: Shift;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to a request to update a `Shift`. Contains the updated `Shift` object. May contain a set of `Error`
|
||
* objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class UpdateShiftResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The updated `Shift`.
|
||
*/
|
||
shift?: Shift;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A request to update a `WorkweekConfig` object
|
||
*/
|
||
export class UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The updated `WorkweekConfig` object.
|
||
*/
|
||
workweek_config?: WorkweekConfig;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response to a request to update a `WorkweekConfig` object. Contains the updated `WorkweekConfig` object.
|
||
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The response object.
|
||
*/
|
||
workweek_config?: WorkweekConfig;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class UpsertCatalogObjectRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. A common way to create a valid
|
||
* idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). If you're unsure whether a particular request
|
||
* was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate
|
||
* objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information.
|
||
*/
|
||
idempotency_key: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to be created or updated. The object's `is_deleted` field must not be set
|
||
* to `true`. When creating a new object, the object's ID must either start with a `#` character or be left blank.
|
||
* In either case it will be replaced with a server-generated ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
object: CatalogObject;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class UpsertCatalogObjectResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
|
||
*/
|
||
catalog_object?: CatalogObject;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert.
|
||
*/
|
||
id_mappings?: Array<CatalogIdMapping>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1AdjustInventoryRequest
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1AdjustInventoryRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The number to adjust the variation's quantity by.
|
||
*/
|
||
quantity_delta?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The reason for the inventory adjustment.
|
||
* See [V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType](#type-v1adjustinventoryrequestadjustmenttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
adjustment_type?: V1AdjustInventoryRequest.AdjustmentTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A note about the inventory adjustment.
|
||
*/
|
||
memo?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1AdjustInventoryRequest {
|
||
export enum AdjustmentTypeEnum {
|
||
SALE = 'SALE',
|
||
RECEIVESTOCK = 'RECEIVE_STOCK',
|
||
MANUALADJUST = 'MANUAL_ADJUST',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ApplyFeeRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ApplyModifierListRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1BankAccount
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1BankAccount {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The bank account's Square-issued ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square-issued ID of the merchant associated with the bank account.
|
||
*/
|
||
merchant_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the bank that manages the account.
|
||
*/
|
||
bank_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name associated with the bank account.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The bank account's routing number.
|
||
*/
|
||
routing_number?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The last few digits of the bank account number.
|
||
*/
|
||
account_number_suffix?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The currency code of the currency associated with the bank account, in ISO 4217 format.
|
||
* For example, the currency code for US dollars is USD.
|
||
*/
|
||
currency_code?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The bank account's type (for example, savings or checking).
|
||
* See [V1BankAccountType](#type-v1bankaccounttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: V1BankAccount.TypeEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1BankAccount {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
BUSINESSCHECKING = 'BUSINESS_CHECKING',
|
||
CHECKING = 'CHECKING',
|
||
INVESTMENT = 'INVESTMENT',
|
||
LOAN = 'LOAN',
|
||
SAVINGS = 'SAVINGS',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1BankAccountType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1CashDrawerEvent
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1CashDrawerEvent {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The event's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the employee that created the event.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of event that occurred. See [V1CashDrawerEventEventType](#type-v1cashdrawereventeventtype) for possible
|
||
* values
|
||
*/
|
||
event_type?: V1CashDrawerEvent.EventTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money that was added to or removed from the cash drawer because of the event.
|
||
* This value can be positive (for added money) or negative (for removed money).
|
||
*/
|
||
event_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the event occurred, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional description of the event, entered by the employee that created it.
|
||
*/
|
||
description?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1CashDrawerEvent {
|
||
export enum EventTypeEnum {
|
||
NOSALE = 'NO_SALE',
|
||
CASHTENDERPAYMENT = 'CASH_TENDER_PAYMENT',
|
||
OTHERTENDERPAYMENT = 'OTHER_TENDER_PAYMENT',
|
||
CASHTENDERCANCELEDPAYMENT = 'CASH_TENDER_CANCELED_PAYMENT',
|
||
OTHERTENDERCANCELEDPAYMENT = 'OTHER_TENDER_CANCELED_PAYMENT',
|
||
CASHTENDERREFUND = 'CASH_TENDER_REFUND',
|
||
OTHERTENDERREFUND = 'OTHER_TENDER_REFUND',
|
||
PAIDIN = 'PAID_IN',
|
||
PAIDOUT = 'PAID_OUT',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CashDrawerEventEventType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1CashDrawerShift
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1CashDrawerShift {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The shift's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The shift's current state. See [V1CashDrawerShiftEventType](#type-v1cashdrawershifteventtype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
event_type?: V1CashDrawerShift.EventTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the shift began, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
opened_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the shift ended, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
ended_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the shift was closed, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
closed_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The IDs of all employees that were logged into Square Register at some point during the cash drawer shift.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the employee that started the cash drawer shift.
|
||
*/
|
||
opening_employee_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the employee that ended the cash drawer shift.
|
||
*/
|
||
ending_employee_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the employee that closed the cash drawer shift by auditing the cash drawer's contents.
|
||
*/
|
||
closing_employee_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the timecard was created, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
description?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money in the cash drawer at the start of the shift.
|
||
*/
|
||
starting_cash_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money added to the cash drawer from cash payments.
|
||
*/
|
||
cash_payment_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money removed from the cash drawer from cash refunds. This value is always negative or zero.
|
||
*/
|
||
cash_refunds_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money added to the cash drawer for reasons other than cash payments.
|
||
*/
|
||
cash_paid_in_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money removed from the cash drawer for reasons other than cash refunds.
|
||
*/
|
||
cash_paid_out_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money that should be in the cash drawer at the end of the shift, based on the shift's other money amounts.
|
||
*/
|
||
expected_cash_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money found in the cash drawer at the end of the shift by an auditing employee.
|
||
*/
|
||
closed_cash_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The device running Square Register that was connected to the cash drawer.
|
||
*/
|
||
device?: Device;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All of the events (payments, refunds, and so on) that involved the cash drawer during the shift.
|
||
*/
|
||
events?: Array<V1CashDrawerEvent>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1CashDrawerShift {
|
||
export enum EventTypeEnum {
|
||
OPEN = 'OPEN',
|
||
ENDED = 'ENDED',
|
||
CLOSED = 'CLOSED',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CashDrawerShiftEventType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1Category
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Category {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The category's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The category's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
v2_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreateCategoryRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body?: V1Category;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreateDiscountRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body?: V1Discount;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An EmployeeRole object with a name and permissions, and an optional owner flag.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_role?: V1EmployeeRole;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreateFeeRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body?: V1Fee;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreateItemRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body?: V1Item;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreateModifierListRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body?: V1ModifierList;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreateModifierOptionRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body?: V1ModifierOption;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreatePageRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body?: V1Page;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1CreateRefundRequest
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1CreateRefundRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the payment to refund. If you are creating a `PARTIAL` refund for a split tender payment, instead
|
||
* provide the id of the particular tender you want to refund.
|
||
*/
|
||
payment_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* TThe type of refund (FULL or PARTIAL).
|
||
* See [V1CreateRefundRequestType](#type-v1createrefundrequesttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type: V1CreateRefundRequest.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The reason for the refund.
|
||
*/
|
||
reason: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money to refund. Required only for PARTIAL refunds.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An optional key to ensure idempotence if you issue the same PARTIAL refund request more than once.
|
||
*/
|
||
request_idempotence_key?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1CreateRefundRequest {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
FULL = 'FULL',
|
||
PARTIAL = 'PARTIAL',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreateRefundRequestType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1CreateVariationRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field
|
||
* details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body?: V1Variation;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeleteCategoryRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeleteDiscountRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeleteFeeRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeleteItemRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeleteModifierListRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeleteModifierOptionRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeletePageCellRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The row of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Row 0 is the top row.
|
||
*/
|
||
row?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The column of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Column 0 is the leftmost column.
|
||
*/
|
||
column?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeletePageRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeleteTimecardRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeleteTimecardResponse {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DeleteVariationRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1Discount
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Discount {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The discount's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The discount's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The rate of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number.
|
||
* A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%. This rate is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE.
|
||
*/
|
||
rate?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of the discount. This amount is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_AMOUNT.
|
||
* This field is not included for rate-based discounts.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the discount is a FIXED value or entered at the time of sale.
|
||
* See [V1DiscountDiscountType](#type-v1discountdiscounttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
discount_type?: V1Discount.DiscountTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
pin_required?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color.
|
||
* The default color is "9da2a6". See [V1DiscountColor](#type-v1discountcolor) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
color?: V1Discount.ColorEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
v2_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Discount {
|
||
export enum DiscountTypeEnum {
|
||
FIXED = 'FIXED',
|
||
VARIABLEPERCENTAGE = 'VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE',
|
||
VARIABLEAMOUNT = 'VARIABLE_AMOUNT',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum ColorEnum {
|
||
_9da2a6 = '9da2a6',
|
||
_4ab200 = '4ab200',
|
||
_0b8000 = '0b8000',
|
||
_2952cc = '2952cc',
|
||
A82ee5 = 'a82ee5',
|
||
E5457a = 'e5457a',
|
||
B21212 = 'b21212',
|
||
_593c00 = '593c00',
|
||
E5BF00 = 'e5BF00',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DiscountColor {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1DiscountDiscountType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents one of a business's employees.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Employee {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The employee's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The employee's first name.
|
||
*/
|
||
first_name: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The employee's last name.
|
||
*/
|
||
last_name: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ids of the employee's associated roles. Currently, you can specify only one or zero roles per employee.
|
||
*/
|
||
role_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The IDs of the locations the employee is allowed to clock in at.
|
||
*/
|
||
authorized_location_ids?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The employee's email address.
|
||
*/
|
||
email?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* CWhether the employee is ACTIVE or INACTIVE. Inactive employees cannot sign in to Square Register.Merchants
|
||
* update this field from the Square Dashboard. See [V1EmployeeStatus](#type-v1employeestatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: V1Employee.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* An ID the merchant can set to associate the employee with an entity in another system.
|
||
*/
|
||
external_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Employee {
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
ACTIVE = 'ACTIVE',
|
||
INACTIVE = 'INACTIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1EmployeeRole
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1EmployeeRole {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The role's unique ID, Can only be set by Square.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The role's merchant-defined name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The role's permissions. See [V1EmployeeRolePermissions](#type-v1employeerolepermissions) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
permissions: Array<V1EmployeeRole.PermissionsEnum>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, employees with this role have all permissions, regardless of the values indicated in permissions.
|
||
*/
|
||
is_owner?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format. Is set by Square when the Role is created.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format. Is set by Square when the Role
|
||
* updated.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1EmployeeRole {
|
||
export enum PermissionsEnum {
|
||
ACCESSSALESHISTORY = 'REGISTER_ACCESS_SALES_HISTORY',
|
||
APPLYRESTRICTEDDISCOUNTS = 'REGISTER_APPLY_RESTRICTED_DISCOUNTS',
|
||
CHANGESETTINGS = 'REGISTER_CHANGE_SETTINGS',
|
||
EDITITEM = 'REGISTER_EDIT_ITEM',
|
||
ISSUEREFUNDS = 'REGISTER_ISSUE_REFUNDS',
|
||
OPENCASHDRAWEROUTSIDESALE = 'REGISTER_OPEN_CASH_DRAWER_OUTSIDE_SALE',
|
||
VIEWSUMMARYREPORTS = 'REGISTER_VIEW_SUMMARY_REPORTS',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1EmployeeRolePermissions {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1EmployeeStatus {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1Fee
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Fee {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The fee's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The fee's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The rate of the fee, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%.
|
||
*/
|
||
rate?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Forthcoming See [V1FeeCalculationPhase](#type-v1feecalculationphase) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
calculation_phase?: V1Fee.CalculationPhaseEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of adjustment the fee applies to a payment. Currently, this value is TAX for all fees.
|
||
* See [V1FeeAdjustmentType](#type-v1feeadjustmenttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
adjustment_type?: V1Fee.AdjustmentTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into Square Register that are not associated with a particular item.
|
||
*/
|
||
applies_to_custom_amounts?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, the fee is applied to all appropriate items. If false, the fee is not applied at all.
|
||
*/
|
||
enabled?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether the fee is ADDITIVE or INCLUSIVE. See [V1FeeInclusionType](#type-v1feeinclusiontype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
inclusion_type?: V1Fee.InclusionTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* In countries with multiple classifications for sales taxes, indicates which classification the fee falls under.
|
||
* Currently relevant only to Canadian merchants. See [V1FeeType](#type-v1feetype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: V1Fee.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
v2_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Fee {
|
||
export enum CalculationPhaseEnum {
|
||
FEESUBTOTALPHASE = 'FEE_SUBTOTAL_PHASE',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
FEETOTALPHASE = 'FEE_TOTAL_PHASE',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum AdjustmentTypeEnum {
|
||
TAX = 'TAX',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum InclusionTypeEnum {
|
||
ADDITIVE = 'ADDITIVE',
|
||
INCLUSIVE = 'INCLUSIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
CAGST = 'CA_GST',
|
||
CAHST = 'CA_HST',
|
||
CAPST = 'CA_PST',
|
||
CAQST = 'CA_QST',
|
||
JPCONSUMPTIONTAX = 'JP_CONSUMPTION_TAX',
|
||
CAPEIPST = 'CA_PEI_PST',
|
||
USSALESTAX = 'US_SALES_TAX',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1FeeAdjustmentType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1FeeCalculationPhase {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1FeeInclusionType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1FeeType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1InventoryEntry
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1InventoryEntry {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The variation that the entry corresponds to.
|
||
*/
|
||
variation_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The current available quantity of the item variation.
|
||
*/
|
||
quantity_on_hand?: number;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1Item
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Item {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's ID. Must be unique among all entity IDs ever provided on behalf of the merchant.
|
||
* You can never reuse an ID. This value can include alphanumeric characters, dashes (-), and underscores (_).
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's description.
|
||
*/
|
||
description?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's type. This value is NORMAL for almost all items. See [V1ItemType](#type-v1itemtype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: V1Item.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color. The default color is
|
||
* 9da2a6. See [V1ItemColor](#type-v1itemcolor) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
color?: V1Item.ColorEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The text of the item's display label in Square Register. Only up to the first five characters of the string are used.
|
||
*/
|
||
abbreviation?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the item is viewable from the merchant's online store (PUBLIC) or PRIVATE.
|
||
* See [V1ItemVisibility](#type-v1itemvisibility) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
visibility?: V1Item.VisibilityEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store.
|
||
*/
|
||
available_online?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's master image, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
master_image?: V1ItemImage;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The category the item belongs to, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
category?: V1Category;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's variations. You must specify at least one variation.
|
||
*/
|
||
variations?: Array<V1Variation>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier lists that apply to the item, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_lists?: Array<V1Variation>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The fees that apply to the item, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
fees?: Array<V1Fee>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Deprecated. This field is not used.
|
||
*/
|
||
taxable?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the item's category, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
category_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store. Default value: false
|
||
*/
|
||
available_for_pickup?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
v2_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Item {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
NORMAL = 'NORMAL',
|
||
GIFTCARD = 'GIFT_CARD',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum ColorEnum {
|
||
_9da2a6 = '9da2a6',
|
||
_4ab200 = '4ab200',
|
||
_0b8000 = '0b8000',
|
||
_2952cc = '2952cc',
|
||
A82ee5 = 'a82ee5',
|
||
E5457a = 'e5457a',
|
||
B21212 = 'b21212',
|
||
_593c00 = '593c00',
|
||
E5BF00 = 'e5BF00',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum VisibilityEnum {
|
||
PUBLIC = 'PUBLIC',
|
||
PRIVATE = 'PRIVATE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ItemColor {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1ItemImage
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1ItemImage {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The image's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The image's publicly accessible URL.
|
||
*/
|
||
url?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ItemType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ItemVisibility {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListBankAccountsRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListBankAccountsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1BankAccount>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which cash drawer shifts are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.
|
||
* Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest.OrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time minus 90 days.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_time?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest {
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1CashDrawerShift>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListCategoriesRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListCategoriesResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Category>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListDiscountsRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListDiscountsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Discount>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.
|
||
* Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest.OrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest {
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListEmployeeRolesResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1EmployeeRole>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListEmployeesRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field.
|
||
* Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: V1ListEmployeesRequest.OrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601
|
||
* format
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_updated_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by there updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_updated_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by their created_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by their created_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified status (ACTIVE or INACTIVE).
|
||
* See [V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus](#type-v1listemployeesrequeststatus) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: V1ListEmployeesRequest.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified external_id.
|
||
*/
|
||
external_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1ListEmployeesRequest {
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
ACTIVE = 'ACTIVE',
|
||
INACTIVE = 'INACTIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListEmployeesResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Employee>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListFeesRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListFeesResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Fee>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListInventoryRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of inventory entries to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 1000.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListInventoryResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1InventoryEntry>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListItemsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListItemsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Item>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListLocationsRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListLocationsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Merchant>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListModifierListsRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListModifierListsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1ModifierList>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListOrdersRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: V1ListOrdersRequest.OrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1ListOrdersRequest {
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListOrdersResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Order>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListPagesRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListPagesResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Page>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListPaymentsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: V1ListPaymentsRequest.OrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013
|
||
* (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than
|
||
* begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_token?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether or not to include partial payments in the response. Partial payments will have the tenders
|
||
* collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed.
|
||
*/
|
||
include_partial?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1ListPaymentsRequest {
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListPaymentsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Payment>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListRefundsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: V1ListRefundsRequest.OrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013
|
||
* (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than
|
||
* begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The approximate number of refunds to return in a single response. Default: 100. Max: 200. Response may contain
|
||
* more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or
|
||
* when refunds are generated in an exchange to account for the value of returned goods.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1ListRefundsRequest {
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListRefundsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Refund>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListSettlementsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: V1ListSettlementsRequest.OrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013
|
||
* (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than
|
||
* begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Provide this parameter to retrieve only settlements with a particular status (SENT or FAILED).
|
||
* See [V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus](#type-v1listsettlementsrequeststatus) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: V1ListSettlementsRequest.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1ListSettlementsRequest {
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
SENT = 'SENT',
|
||
FAILED = 'FAILED',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListSettlementsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Settlement>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListTimecardEventsRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListTimecardEventsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1TimecardEvent>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListTimecardsRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order in which timecards are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. See
|
||
* [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
order?: V1ListTimecardsRequest.OrderEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If provided, the endpoint returns only timecards for the employee with the specified ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601
|
||
* format.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_clockin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_clockin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601
|
||
* format.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_clockout_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_clockout_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601
|
||
* format.
|
||
*/
|
||
begin_updated_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If filtering results by their updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
end_updated_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, only deleted timecards are returned. If false, only valid timecards are returned.If you don't provide
|
||
* this parameter, both valid and deleted timecards are returned.
|
||
*/
|
||
deleted?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200.
|
||
*/
|
||
limit?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
batch_token?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1ListTimecardsRequest {
|
||
export enum OrderEnum {
|
||
DESC = 'DESC',
|
||
ASC = 'ASC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ListTimecardsResponse {
|
||
items?: Array<V1Timecard>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the **RetrieveBusiness** endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Merchant {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The merchant account's unique identifier.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name associated with the merchant account.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The email address associated with the merchant account.
|
||
*/
|
||
email?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the merchant account corresponds to a single-location account (LOCATION) or a business account
|
||
* (BUSINESS). This value is almost always LOCATION. See [V1MerchantAccountType](#type-v1merchantaccounttype) for
|
||
* possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
account_type?: V1Merchant.AccountTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Capabilities that are enabled for the merchant's Square account. Capabilities that are not listed in this array
|
||
* are not enabled for the account.
|
||
*/
|
||
account_capabilities?: Array<string>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The country associated with the merchant account, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
country_code?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The language associated with the merchant account, in BCP 47 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
language_code?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The currency associated with the merchant account, in ISO 4217 format. For example, the currency code for US
|
||
* dollars is USD.
|
||
*/
|
||
currency_code?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the merchant's business.
|
||
*/
|
||
business_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The address of the merchant's business.
|
||
*/
|
||
business_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The phone number of the merchant's business.
|
||
*/
|
||
business_phone?: V1PhoneNumber;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of business operated by the merchant. See [V1MerchantBusinessType](#type-v1merchantbusinesstype) for
|
||
* possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
business_type?: V1Merchant.BusinessTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The merchant's shipping address.
|
||
*/
|
||
shipping_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional information for a single-location account specified by its associated business account, if it has one.
|
||
*/
|
||
location_details?: V1MerchantLocationDetails;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL of the merchant's online store.
|
||
*/
|
||
market_url?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Merchant {
|
||
export enum AccountTypeEnum {
|
||
LOCATION = 'LOCATION',
|
||
BUSINESS = 'BUSINESS',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum BusinessTypeEnum {
|
||
ACCOUNTING = 'ACCOUNTING',
|
||
APPARELANDACCESSORYSHOPS = 'APPAREL_AND_ACCESSORY_SHOPS',
|
||
ARTDEALERSGALLERIES = 'ART_DEALERS_GALLERIES',
|
||
ARTDESIGNANDPHOTOGRAPHY = 'ART_DESIGN_AND_PHOTOGRAPHY',
|
||
BARCLUBLOUNGE = 'BAR_CLUB_LOUNGE',
|
||
BEAUTYANDBARBERSHOPS = 'BEAUTY_AND_BARBER_SHOPS',
|
||
BOOKSTORES = 'BOOK_STORES',
|
||
BUSINESSSERVICES = 'BUSINESS_SERVICES',
|
||
CATERING = 'CATERING',
|
||
CHARITABLESOCIALSERVICEORGANIZATIONS = 'CHARITABLE_SOCIAL_SERVICE_ORGANIZATIONS',
|
||
CHARITIBLEORGS = 'CHARITIBLE_ORGS',
|
||
CLEANINGSERVICES = 'CLEANING_SERVICES',
|
||
COMPUTEREQUIPMENTSOFTWAREMAINTENANCEREPAIRSERVICES = 'COMPUTER_EQUIPMENT_SOFTWARE_MAINTENANCE_REPAIR_SERVICES',
|
||
CONSULTANT = 'CONSULTANT',
|
||
CONTRACTORS = 'CONTRACTORS',
|
||
DELIVERYSERVICES = 'DELIVERY_SERVICES',
|
||
DENTISTRY = 'DENTISTRY',
|
||
EDUCATION = 'EDUCATION',
|
||
FOODSTORESCONVENIENCESTORESANDSPECIALTYMARKETS = 'FOOD_STORES_CONVENIENCE_STORES_AND_SPECIALTY_MARKETS',
|
||
FOODTRUCKCART = 'FOOD_TRUCK_CART',
|
||
FURNITUREHOMEANDOFFICEEQUIPMENT = 'FURNITURE_HOME_AND_OFFICE_EQUIPMENT',
|
||
FURNITUREHOMEGOODS = 'FURNITURE_HOME_GOODS',
|
||
HOTELSANDLODGING = 'HOTELS_AND_LODGING',
|
||
INDIVIDUALUSE = 'INDIVIDUAL_USE',
|
||
JEWELRYANDWATCHES = 'JEWELRY_AND_WATCHES',
|
||
LANDSCAPINGANDHORTICULTURALSERVICES = 'LANDSCAPING_AND_HORTICULTURAL_SERVICES',
|
||
LANGUAGESCHOOLS = 'LANGUAGE_SCHOOLS',
|
||
LEGALSERVICES = 'LEGAL_SERVICES',
|
||
MEDICALPRACTITIONERS = 'MEDICAL_PRACTITIONERS',
|
||
MEDICALSERVICESANDHEALTHPRACTITIONERS = 'MEDICAL_SERVICES_AND_HEALTH_PRACTITIONERS',
|
||
MEMBERSHIPORGANIZATIONS = 'MEMBERSHIP_ORGANIZATIONS',
|
||
MUSICANDENTERTAINMENT = 'MUSIC_AND_ENTERTAINMENT',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
OUTDOORMARKETS = 'OUTDOOR_MARKETS',
|
||
PERSONALSERVICES = 'PERSONAL_SERVICES',
|
||
POLITICALORGANIZATIONS = 'POLITICAL_ORGANIZATIONS',
|
||
PROFESSIONALSERVICES = 'PROFESSIONAL_SERVICES',
|
||
REALESTATE = 'REAL_ESTATE',
|
||
RECREATIONSERVICES = 'RECREATION_SERVICES',
|
||
REPAIRSHOPSANDRELATEDSERVICES = 'REPAIR_SHOPS_AND_RELATED_SERVICES',
|
||
RESTAURANTS = 'RESTAURANTS',
|
||
RETAILSHOPS = 'RETAIL_SHOPS',
|
||
SCHOOLSANDEDUCATIONALSERVICES = 'SCHOOLS_AND_EDUCATIONAL_SERVICES',
|
||
SPORTINGGOODS = 'SPORTING_GOODS',
|
||
TAXICABSANDLIMOUSINES = 'TAXICABS_AND_LIMOUSINES',
|
||
TICKETSALES = 'TICKET_SALES',
|
||
TOURISM = 'TOURISM',
|
||
TRAVELTOURISM = 'TRAVEL_TOURISM',
|
||
VETERINARYSERVICES = 'VETERINARY_SERVICES',
|
||
WEBDEVDESIGN = 'WEB_DEV_DESIGN',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1MerchantAccountType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1MerchantBusinessType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional information for a single-location account specified by its associated business account, if it has one.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1MerchantLocationDetails {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The nickname assigned to the single-location account by the parent business.
|
||
* This value appears in the parent business's multi-location dashboard.
|
||
*/
|
||
nickname?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1ModifierList
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1ModifierList {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier list's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier list's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether MULTIPLE options or a SINGLE option from the modifier list can be applied to a single item.
|
||
* See [V1ModifierListSelectionType](#type-v1modifierlistselectiontype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
selection_type?: V1ModifierList.SelectionTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The options included in the modifier list.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_options?: Array<V1ModifierOption>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
v2_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1ModifierList {
|
||
export enum SelectionTypeEnum {
|
||
SINGLE = 'SINGLE',
|
||
MULTIPLE = 'MULTIPLE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1ModifierListSelectionType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1ModifierOption
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1ModifierOption {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier option's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier option's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier option's price.
|
||
*/
|
||
price_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, the modifier option is the default option in a modifier list for which selection_type is SINGLE.
|
||
*/
|
||
on_by_default?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the modifier option's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard.
|
||
* If more than one modifier option in the same modifier list has the same ordinal value, those options are displayed
|
||
* in alphabetical order.
|
||
*/
|
||
ordinal?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the modifier list the option belongs to.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_list_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
v2_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1Money {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Amount in the lowest denominated value of this Currency. E.g. in USD these are cents, in JPY they are Yen (which
|
||
* do not have a 'cent' concept).
|
||
*/
|
||
amount?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
currency_code?: V1Money.CurrencyCodeEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Money {
|
||
export enum CurrencyCodeEnum {
|
||
UNKNOWNCURRENCY = 'UNKNOWN_CURRENCY',
|
||
AED = 'AED',
|
||
AFN = 'AFN',
|
||
ALL = 'ALL',
|
||
AMD = 'AMD',
|
||
ANG = 'ANG',
|
||
AOA = 'AOA',
|
||
ARS = 'ARS',
|
||
AUD = 'AUD',
|
||
AWG = 'AWG',
|
||
AZN = 'AZN',
|
||
BAM = 'BAM',
|
||
BBD = 'BBD',
|
||
BDT = 'BDT',
|
||
BGN = 'BGN',
|
||
BHD = 'BHD',
|
||
BIF = 'BIF',
|
||
BMD = 'BMD',
|
||
BND = 'BND',
|
||
BOB = 'BOB',
|
||
BOV = 'BOV',
|
||
BRL = 'BRL',
|
||
BSD = 'BSD',
|
||
BTN = 'BTN',
|
||
BWP = 'BWP',
|
||
BYR = 'BYR',
|
||
BZD = 'BZD',
|
||
CAD = 'CAD',
|
||
CDF = 'CDF',
|
||
CHE = 'CHE',
|
||
CHF = 'CHF',
|
||
CHW = 'CHW',
|
||
CLF = 'CLF',
|
||
CLP = 'CLP',
|
||
CNY = 'CNY',
|
||
COP = 'COP',
|
||
COU = 'COU',
|
||
CRC = 'CRC',
|
||
CUC = 'CUC',
|
||
CUP = 'CUP',
|
||
CVE = 'CVE',
|
||
CZK = 'CZK',
|
||
DJF = 'DJF',
|
||
DKK = 'DKK',
|
||
DOP = 'DOP',
|
||
DZD = 'DZD',
|
||
EGP = 'EGP',
|
||
ERN = 'ERN',
|
||
ETB = 'ETB',
|
||
EUR = 'EUR',
|
||
FJD = 'FJD',
|
||
FKP = 'FKP',
|
||
GBP = 'GBP',
|
||
GEL = 'GEL',
|
||
GHS = 'GHS',
|
||
GIP = 'GIP',
|
||
GMD = 'GMD',
|
||
GNF = 'GNF',
|
||
GTQ = 'GTQ',
|
||
GYD = 'GYD',
|
||
HKD = 'HKD',
|
||
HNL = 'HNL',
|
||
HRK = 'HRK',
|
||
HTG = 'HTG',
|
||
HUF = 'HUF',
|
||
IDR = 'IDR',
|
||
ILS = 'ILS',
|
||
INR = 'INR',
|
||
IQD = 'IQD',
|
||
IRR = 'IRR',
|
||
ISK = 'ISK',
|
||
JMD = 'JMD',
|
||
JOD = 'JOD',
|
||
JPY = 'JPY',
|
||
KES = 'KES',
|
||
KGS = 'KGS',
|
||
KHR = 'KHR',
|
||
KMF = 'KMF',
|
||
KPW = 'KPW',
|
||
KRW = 'KRW',
|
||
KWD = 'KWD',
|
||
KYD = 'KYD',
|
||
KZT = 'KZT',
|
||
LAK = 'LAK',
|
||
LBP = 'LBP',
|
||
LKR = 'LKR',
|
||
LRD = 'LRD',
|
||
LSL = 'LSL',
|
||
LTL = 'LTL',
|
||
LVL = 'LVL',
|
||
LYD = 'LYD',
|
||
MAD = 'MAD',
|
||
MDL = 'MDL',
|
||
MGA = 'MGA',
|
||
MKD = 'MKD',
|
||
MMK = 'MMK',
|
||
MNT = 'MNT',
|
||
MOP = 'MOP',
|
||
MRO = 'MRO',
|
||
MUR = 'MUR',
|
||
MVR = 'MVR',
|
||
MWK = 'MWK',
|
||
MXN = 'MXN',
|
||
MXV = 'MXV',
|
||
MYR = 'MYR',
|
||
MZN = 'MZN',
|
||
NAD = 'NAD',
|
||
NGN = 'NGN',
|
||
NIO = 'NIO',
|
||
NOK = 'NOK',
|
||
NPR = 'NPR',
|
||
NZD = 'NZD',
|
||
OMR = 'OMR',
|
||
PAB = 'PAB',
|
||
PEN = 'PEN',
|
||
PGK = 'PGK',
|
||
PHP = 'PHP',
|
||
PKR = 'PKR',
|
||
PLN = 'PLN',
|
||
PYG = 'PYG',
|
||
QAR = 'QAR',
|
||
RON = 'RON',
|
||
RSD = 'RSD',
|
||
RUB = 'RUB',
|
||
RWF = 'RWF',
|
||
SAR = 'SAR',
|
||
SBD = 'SBD',
|
||
SCR = 'SCR',
|
||
SDG = 'SDG',
|
||
SEK = 'SEK',
|
||
SGD = 'SGD',
|
||
SHP = 'SHP',
|
||
SLL = 'SLL',
|
||
SOS = 'SOS',
|
||
SRD = 'SRD',
|
||
SSP = 'SSP',
|
||
STD = 'STD',
|
||
SVC = 'SVC',
|
||
SYP = 'SYP',
|
||
SZL = 'SZL',
|
||
THB = 'THB',
|
||
TJS = 'TJS',
|
||
TMT = 'TMT',
|
||
TND = 'TND',
|
||
TOP = 'TOP',
|
||
TRY = 'TRY',
|
||
TTD = 'TTD',
|
||
TWD = 'TWD',
|
||
TZS = 'TZS',
|
||
UAH = 'UAH',
|
||
UGX = 'UGX',
|
||
USD = 'USD',
|
||
USN = 'USN',
|
||
USS = 'USS',
|
||
UYI = 'UYI',
|
||
UYU = 'UYU',
|
||
UZS = 'UZS',
|
||
VEF = 'VEF',
|
||
VND = 'VND',
|
||
VUV = 'VUV',
|
||
WST = 'WST',
|
||
XAF = 'XAF',
|
||
XAG = 'XAG',
|
||
XAU = 'XAU',
|
||
XBA = 'XBA',
|
||
XBB = 'XBB',
|
||
XBC = 'XBC',
|
||
XBD = 'XBD',
|
||
XCD = 'XCD',
|
||
XDR = 'XDR',
|
||
XOF = 'XOF',
|
||
XPD = 'XPD',
|
||
XPF = 'XPF',
|
||
XPT = 'XPT',
|
||
XTS = 'XTS',
|
||
XXX = 'XXX',
|
||
YER = 'YER',
|
||
ZAR = 'ZAR',
|
||
ZMK = 'ZMK',
|
||
ZMW = 'ZMW',
|
||
BTC = 'BTC',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1Order
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Order {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The order's unique identifier.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The email address of the order's buyer.
|
||
*/
|
||
buyer_email?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the order's buyer.
|
||
*/
|
||
recipient_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The phone number to use for the order's delivery.
|
||
*/
|
||
recipient_phone_number?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. See [V1OrderState](#type-v1orderstate) for possible
|
||
* values
|
||
*/
|
||
state?: V1Order.StateEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The address to ship the order to.
|
||
*/
|
||
shipping_address?: Address;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of all items purchased in the order, before taxes and shipping.
|
||
*/
|
||
subtotal_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The shipping cost for the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_shipping_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all taxes applied to the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_tax_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total cost of the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_price_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all discounts applied to the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_discount_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the order was created, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the order was last modified, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the order expires if no action is taken, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
expires_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The unique identifier of the payment associated with the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
payment_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A note provided by the buyer when the order was created, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
buyer_note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to COMPLETED, if any
|
||
*/
|
||
completed_note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to REFUNDED, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to CANCELED, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
canceled_note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The tender used to pay for the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
tender?: V1Tender;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The history of actions associated with the order.
|
||
*/
|
||
order_history?: Array<V1OrderHistoryEntry>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The promo code provided by the buyer, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
promo_code?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* For Bitcoin transactions, the address that the buyer sent Bitcoin to.
|
||
*/
|
||
btc_receive_address?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* For Bitcoin transactions, the price of the buyer's order in satoshi (100 million satoshi equals 1 BTC).
|
||
*/
|
||
btc_price_satoshi?: number;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Order {
|
||
export enum StateEnum {
|
||
PENDING = 'PENDING',
|
||
OPEN = 'OPEN',
|
||
COMPLETED = 'COMPLETED',
|
||
CANCELED = 'CANCELED',
|
||
REFUNDED = 'REFUNDED',
|
||
REJECTED = 'REJECTED',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1OrderHistoryEntry
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1OrderHistoryEntry {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of action performed on the order. See [V1OrderHistoryEntryAction](#type-v1orderhistoryentryaction) for
|
||
* possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
action?: V1OrderHistoryEntry.ActionEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the action was performed, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1OrderHistoryEntry {
|
||
export enum ActionEnum {
|
||
ORDERPLACED = 'ORDER_PLACED',
|
||
DECLINED = 'DECLINED',
|
||
PAYMENTRECEIVED = 'PAYMENT_RECEIVED',
|
||
CANCELED = 'CANCELED',
|
||
COMPLETED = 'COMPLETED',
|
||
REFUNDED = 'REFUNDED',
|
||
EXPIRED = 'EXPIRED',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1OrderHistoryEntryAction {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1OrderState {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1Page
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Page {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The page's unique identifier.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The page's name, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The page's position in the merchant's list of pages. Always an integer between 0 and 6, inclusive.
|
||
*/
|
||
page_index?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The cells included on the page.
|
||
*/
|
||
cells?: Array<V1PageCell>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1PageCell
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1PageCell {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The unique identifier of the page the cell is included on.
|
||
*/
|
||
page_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The row of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive.
|
||
*/
|
||
row?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The column of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive.
|
||
*/
|
||
column?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of entity represented in the cell (ITEM, DISCOUNT, CATEGORY, or PLACEHOLDER). See
|
||
* [V1PageCellObjectType](#type-v1pagecellobjecttype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
object_type?: V1PageCell.ObjectTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The unique identifier of the entity represented in the cell. Not present for cells with an object_type of
|
||
* PLACEHOLDER.
|
||
*/
|
||
object_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* For a cell with an object_type of PLACEHOLDER, this value indicates the cell's special behavior. See
|
||
* [V1PageCellPlaceholderType](#type-v1pagecellplaceholdertype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
placeholder_type?: V1PageCell.PlaceholderTypeEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1PageCell {
|
||
export enum ObjectTypeEnum {
|
||
ITEM = 'ITEM',
|
||
DISCOUNT = 'DISCOUNT',
|
||
CATEGORY = 'CATEGORY',
|
||
PLACEHOLDER = 'PLACEHOLDER',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum PlaceholderTypeEnum {
|
||
ALLITEMS = 'ALL_ITEMS',
|
||
DISCOUNTSCATEGORY = 'DISCOUNTS_CATEGORY',
|
||
REWARDSFINDER = 'REWARDS_FINDER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1PageCellObjectType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1PageCellPlaceholderType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A payment represents a paid transaction between a Square merchant and a customer.
|
||
* Payment details are usually available from Connect API endpoints within a few minutes after the transaction completes.
|
||
* Each Payment object includes several fields that end in `_money`.
|
||
* These fields describe the various amounts of money that contribute to the payment total:
|
||
* <ul><li>Monetary values are <b>positive</b> if they represent an <em>increase</em> in the amount of money the merchant receives
|
||
* (e.g., <code>tax_money</code>, <code>tip_money</code>).</li>
|
||
* <li> Monetary values are <b>negative</b> if they represent an <em>decrease</em> in the amount of money the merchant receives
|
||
* (e.g., <code>discount_money</code>, <code>refunded_money</code>).</li></ul>
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Payment {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The payment's unique identifier.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The unique identifier of the merchant that took the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
merchant_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the payment was created, in ISO 8601 format. Reflects the time of the first payment if the object
|
||
* represents an incomplete partial payment, and the time of the last or complete payment otherwise.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The unique identifier of the Square account that took the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
creator_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The device that took the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
device?: Device;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL of the payment's detail page in the merchant dashboard. The merchant must be signed in to the merchant
|
||
* dashboard to view this page.
|
||
*/
|
||
payment_url?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL of the receipt for the payment. Note that for split tender payments, this URL corresponds to the receipt
|
||
* for the first tender listed in the payment's tender field. Each Tender object has its own receipt_url field you
|
||
* can use to get the other receipts associated with a split tender payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
receipt_url?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The sum of all inclusive taxes associated with the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
inclusive_tax_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The sum of all additive taxes associated with the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
additive_tax_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all taxes applied to the payment. This is always the sum of inclusive_tax_money and
|
||
* additive_tax_money.
|
||
*/
|
||
tax_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all tips applied to the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
tip_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all discounts applied to the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
discount_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all discounts applied to the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_collected_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all processing fees collected by Square for the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
processing_fee_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount to be deposited into the merchant's bank account for the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
net_total_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all refunds applied to the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes, rounded to the smallest legal unit of currency (e.g., the
|
||
* nearest penny in USD, the nearest nickel in CAD)
|
||
*/
|
||
swedish_rounding_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes.
|
||
*/
|
||
gross_sales_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all sales, minus any applicable taxes.
|
||
*/
|
||
net_sales_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All of the inclusive taxes associated with the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
inclusive_tax?: Array<V1PaymentTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All of the additive taxes associated with the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
additive_tax?: Array<V1PaymentTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All of the tenders associated with the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
tender?: Array<V1Tender>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All of the refunds applied to the payment. Note that the value of all refunds on a payment can exceed the value of all
|
||
* tenders if a merchant chooses to refund money to a tender after previously accepting returned goods as part of an exchange.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunds?: Array<V1Refund>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The items purchased in the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
itemizations?: Array<V1PaymentItemization>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all surcharges applied to the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
surcharge_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of all surcharges associated with the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
surcharges?: Array<V1PaymentSurcharge>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether or not the payment is only partially paid for. If true, this payment will have the tenders
|
||
* collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed.
|
||
*/
|
||
is_partial?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1PaymentDiscount
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1PaymentDiscount {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The discount's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money that this discount adds to the payment (note that this value is always negative or zero).
|
||
*/
|
||
applied_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the applied discount, if available. Discounts applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
discount_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1PaymentItemDetail
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1PaymentItemDetail {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the item's merchant-defined category, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
category_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's merchant-defined SKU, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
sku?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The unique ID of the item purchased, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The unique ID of the item variation purchased, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_variation_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Payment include an `itemizations` field that lists the items purchased, along with associated fees, modifiers, and
|
||
* discounts. Each itemization has an `itemization_type` field that indicates which of the following the itemization
|
||
* represents: <ul> <li>An item variation from the merchant's item library</li> <li>A custom monetary amount</li> <li>
|
||
* An action performed on a Square gift card, such as activating or reloading it. </li> </ul> *Note**: itemization
|
||
* information included in a `Payment` object reflects details collected **at the time of the payment**. Details such as
|
||
* the name or price of items might have changed since the payment was processed.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1PaymentItemization {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The quantity of the item purchased. This can be a decimal value.
|
||
*/
|
||
quantity?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of purchase that the itemization represents, such as an ITEM or CUSTOM_AMOUNT See
|
||
* [V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType](#type-v1paymentitemizationitemizationtype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
itemization_type?: V1PaymentItemization.ItemizationTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Details of the item, including its unique identifier and the identifier of the item variation purchased.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_detail?: V1PaymentItemDetail;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Notes entered by the merchant about the item at the time of payment, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
notes?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the item variation purchased, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_variation_name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total cost of the item, including all taxes and discounts.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The cost of a single unit of this item.
|
||
*/
|
||
single_quantity_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total cost of the itemization and its modifiers, not including taxes or discounts.
|
||
*/
|
||
gross_sales_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all discounts applied to the itemization. This value is always negative or zero.
|
||
*/
|
||
discount_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The sum of gross_sales_money and discount_money.
|
||
*/
|
||
net_sales_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All taxes applied to this itemization.
|
||
*/
|
||
taxes?: Array<V1PaymentTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All discounts applied to this itemization.
|
||
*/
|
||
discounts?: Array<V1PaymentDiscount>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All modifier options applied to this itemization.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifiers?: Array<V1PaymentModifier>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1PaymentItemization {
|
||
export enum ItemizationTypeEnum {
|
||
ITEM = 'ITEM',
|
||
CUSTOMAMOUNT = 'CUSTOM_AMOUNT',
|
||
GIFTCARDACTIVATION = 'GIFT_CARD_ACTIVATION',
|
||
GIFTCARDRELOAD = 'GIFT_CARD_RELOAD',
|
||
GIFTCARDUNKNOWN = 'GIFT_CARD_UNKNOWN',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1PaymentModifier
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1PaymentModifier {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier option's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money that this modifier option adds to the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
applied_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* TThe ID of the applied modifier option, if available. Modifier options applied in older versions of Square
|
||
* Register might not have an ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
modifier_option_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1PaymentSurcharge
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1PaymentSurcharge {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The name of the surcharge.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money applied to the order as a result of the surcharge.
|
||
*/
|
||
applied_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of the surcharge as a percentage. The percentage is provided as a string representing the decimal
|
||
* equivalent of the percentage. For example, \"0.7\" corresponds to a 7% surcharge. Exactly one of rate or
|
||
* amount_money should be set.
|
||
*/
|
||
rate?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of the surcharge as a Money object. Exactly one of rate or amount_money should be set.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the source of the surcharge. For example, if it was applied as an automatic gratuity for a large group.
|
||
* See [V1PaymentSurchargeType](#type-v1paymentsurchargetype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: V1PaymentSurcharge.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the surcharge is taxable.
|
||
*/
|
||
taxable?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The list of taxes that should be applied to the surcharge.
|
||
*/
|
||
taxes?: Array<V1PaymentTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A Square-issued unique identifier associated with the surcharge.
|
||
*/
|
||
surcharge_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1PaymentSurcharge {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
UNKNOWN = 'UNKNOWN',
|
||
AUTOGRATUITY = 'AUTO_GRATUITY',
|
||
CUSTOM = 'CUSTOM',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1PaymentSurchargeType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1PaymentTax
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1PaymentTax {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The merchant-defined name of the tax.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money that this tax adds to the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
applied_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The rate of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%.
|
||
*/
|
||
rate?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. See
|
||
* [V1PaymentTaxInclusionType](#type-v1paymenttaxinclusiontype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
inclusion_type?: V1PaymentTax.InclusionTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the tax, if available. Taxes applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
fee_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1PaymentTax {
|
||
export enum InclusionTypeEnum {
|
||
ADDITIVE = 'ADDITIVE',
|
||
INCLUSIVE = 'INCLUSIVE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1PaymentTaxInclusionType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a phone number.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1PhoneNumber {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The phone number's international calling code. For US phone numbers, this value is +1.
|
||
*/
|
||
calling_code: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The phone number.
|
||
*/
|
||
number: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1Refund
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Refund {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of refund See [V1RefundType](#type-v1refundtype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: V1Refund.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The merchant-specified reason for the refund.
|
||
*/
|
||
reason?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money refunded. This amount is always negative.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of processing fee money refunded. This amount is always positive.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_processing_fee_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total amount of tax money refunded. This amount is always negative.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_tax_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of additive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_additive_tax_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All of the additive taxes associated with the refund.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_additive_tax?: Array<V1PaymentTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of inclusive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_inclusive_tax_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* All of the inclusive taxes associated with the refund.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_inclusive_tax?: Array<V1PaymentTax>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of tip money refunded. This amount is always negative.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_tip_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of discount money refunded. This amount is always positive.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_discount_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of surcharge money refunded. This amount is always negative.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_surcharge_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of all surcharges associated with the refund.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_surcharges?: Array<V1PaymentSurcharge>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the merchant initiated the refund for Square to process, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when Square processed the refund on behalf of the merchant, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
processed_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A Square-issued ID associated with the refund. For single-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original
|
||
* payment ID. For split-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original tender. For exchange-based refunds
|
||
* (is_exchange == true), payment_id is the ID of the original payment ID even if the payment includes other
|
||
* tenders.
|
||
*/
|
||
payment_id?: string;
|
||
|
||
merchant_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether or not the refund is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the refund reflects
|
||
* the value of goods returned in the exchange not the total money refunded.
|
||
*/
|
||
is_exchange?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Refund {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
FULL = 'FULL',
|
||
PARTIAL = 'PARTIAL',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RefundType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RemoveFeeRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RemoveModifierListRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveBankAccountRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveBusinessRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveEmployeeRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveItemRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveModifierListRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveOrderRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrievePaymentRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveSettlementRequest {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1RetrieveTimecardRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1Settlement
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Settlement {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The settlement's unique identifier.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementStatus](#type-v1settlementstatus) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
status?: V1Settlement.StatusEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of money involved in the settlement. A positive amount indicates a deposit, and a negative amount
|
||
* indicates a withdrawal. This amount is never zero.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the settlement was submitted for deposit or withdrawal, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
initiated_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The Square-issued unique identifier for the bank account associated with the settlement.
|
||
*/
|
||
bank_account_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The entries included in this settlement.
|
||
*/
|
||
entries?: Array<V1SettlementEntry>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Settlement {
|
||
export enum StatusEnum {
|
||
FAILED = 'FAILED',
|
||
SENT = 'SENT',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1SettlementEntry
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1SettlementEntry {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The settlement's unique identifier.
|
||
*/
|
||
payment_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementEntryType](#type-v1settlemententrytype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: V1SettlementEntry.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total amount of money this entry contributes to the total settlement amount.
|
||
*/
|
||
amount_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of all Square fees associated with this settlement entry. This value is always negative or zero.
|
||
*/
|
||
fee_money?: V1Money;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1SettlementEntry {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
ADJUSTMENT = 'ADJUSTMENT',
|
||
BALANCECHARGE = 'BALANCE_CHARGE',
|
||
CHARGE = 'CHARGE',
|
||
FREEPROCESSING = 'FREE_PROCESSING',
|
||
HOLDADJUSTMENT = 'HOLD_ADJUSTMENT',
|
||
PAIDSERVICEFEE = 'PAID_SERVICE_FEE',
|
||
PAIDSERVICEFEEREFUND = 'PAID_SERVICE_FEE_REFUND',
|
||
REDEMPTIONCODE = 'REDEMPTION_CODE',
|
||
REFUND = 'REFUND',
|
||
RETURNEDPAYOUT = 'RETURNED_PAYOUT',
|
||
SQUARECAPITALADVANCE = 'SQUARE_CAPITAL_ADVANCE',
|
||
SQUARECAPITALPAYMENT = 'SQUARE_CAPITAL_PAYMENT',
|
||
SQUARECAPITALREVERSEDPAYMENT = 'SQUARE_CAPITAL_REVERSED_PAYMENT',
|
||
SUBSCRIPTIONFEE = 'SUBSCRIPTION_FEE',
|
||
SUBSCRIPTIONFEEREFUND = 'SUBSCRIPTION_FEE_REFUND',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
INCENTEDPAYMENT = 'INCENTED_PAYMENT',
|
||
RETURNEDACHENTRY = 'RETURNED_ACH_ENTRY',
|
||
RETURNEDSQUARE275 = 'RETURNED_SQUARE_275',
|
||
SQUARE275 = 'SQUARE_275',
|
||
SQUARECARD = 'SQUARE_CARD',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1SettlementEntryType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1SettlementStatus {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A tender represents a discrete monetary exchange. Square represents this exchange as a money object with a specific
|
||
* currency and amount, where the amount is given in the smallest denomination of the given currency. Square POS can
|
||
* accept more than one form of tender for a single payment (such as by splitting a bill between a credit card and a
|
||
* gift card). The `tender` field of the Payment object lists all forms of tender used for the payment. Split tender
|
||
* payments behave slightly differently from single tender payments: The receipt_url for a split tender corresponds
|
||
* only to the first tender listed in the tender field. To get the receipt URLs for the remaining tenders, use the
|
||
* receipt_url fields of the corresponding Tender objects. *A note on gift cards**: when a customer purchases a Square
|
||
* gift card from a merchant, the merchant receives the full amount of the gift card in the associated payment. When
|
||
* that gift card is used as a tender, the balance of the gift card is reduced and the merchant receives no funds. A
|
||
* `Tender` object with a type of `SQUARE_GIFT_CARD` indicates a gift card was used for some or all of the associated
|
||
* payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Tender {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The tender's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The type of tender. See [V1TenderType](#type-v1tendertype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
type?: V1Tender.TypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A human-readable description of the tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the employee that processed the tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL of the receipt for the tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
receipt_url?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The brand of credit card provided. See [CardBrand](#type-cardbrand) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
card_brand?: V1Tender.CardBrandEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The last four digits of the provided credit card's account number.
|
||
*/
|
||
pan_suffix?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The tender's unique ID. See [V1TenderEntryMethod](#type-v1tenderentrymethod) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
entry_method?: V1Tender.EntryMethodEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Notes entered by the merchant about the tender at the time of payment, if any. Typically only present for tender
|
||
* with the type: OTHER.
|
||
*/
|
||
payment_note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total amount of money provided in this form of tender.
|
||
*/
|
||
total_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of total_money applied to the payment.
|
||
*/
|
||
tendered_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the tender was created, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
tendered_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the tender was settled, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
settled_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The amount of total_money returned to the buyer as change.
|
||
*/
|
||
change_back_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total of all refunds applied to this tender. This amount is always negative or zero.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether or not the tender is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the tender represents
|
||
* the value of goods returned in an exchange not the actual money paid. The exchange value reduces the tender
|
||
* amounts needed to pay for items purchased in the exchange.
|
||
*/
|
||
is_exchange?: boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Tender {
|
||
export enum TypeEnum {
|
||
CREDITCARD = 'CREDIT_CARD',
|
||
CASH = 'CASH',
|
||
THIRDPARTYCARD = 'THIRD_PARTY_CARD',
|
||
NOSALE = 'NO_SALE',
|
||
SQUAREWALLET = 'SQUARE_WALLET',
|
||
SQUAREGIFTCARD = 'SQUARE_GIFT_CARD',
|
||
UNKNOWN = 'UNKNOWN',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum CardBrandEnum {
|
||
OTHERBRAND = 'OTHER_BRAND',
|
||
VISA = 'VISA',
|
||
MASTERCARD = 'MASTERCARD',
|
||
AMERICANEXPRESS = 'AMERICAN_EXPRESS',
|
||
DISCOVER = 'DISCOVER',
|
||
DISCOVERDINERS = 'DISCOVER_DINERS',
|
||
JCB = 'JCB',
|
||
CHINAUNIONPAY = 'CHINA_UNIONPAY',
|
||
SQUAREGIFTCARD = 'SQUARE_GIFT_CARD',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum EntryMethodEnum {
|
||
MANUAL = 'MANUAL',
|
||
SCANNED = 'SCANNED',
|
||
SQUARECASH = 'SQUARE_CASH',
|
||
SQUAREWALLET = 'SQUARE_WALLET',
|
||
SWIPED = 'SWIPED',
|
||
WEBFORM = 'WEB_FORM',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1TenderEntryMethod {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1TenderType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Represents a timecard for an employee.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Timecard {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The timecard's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the employee the timecard is associated with.
|
||
*/
|
||
employee_id: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, the timecard was deleted by the merchant, and it is no longer valid.
|
||
*/
|
||
deleted?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The clock-in time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
clockin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The clock-out time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format. Provide this value only if importing timecard
|
||
* information from another system.
|
||
*/
|
||
clockout_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the location the employee clocked in from. We strongly reccomend providing a clockin_location_id.
|
||
* Square uses the clockin_location_id to determine a timecard’s timezone and overtime rules.
|
||
*/
|
||
clockin_location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the location the employee clocked out from. Provide this value only if importing timecard information
|
||
* from another system.
|
||
*/
|
||
clockout_location_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the timecard was created, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the timecard was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total number of regular (non-overtime) seconds worked in the timecard.
|
||
*/
|
||
regular_seconds_worked?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total number of overtime seconds worked in the timecard.
|
||
*/
|
||
overtime_seconds_worked?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The total number of doubletime seconds worked in the timecard.
|
||
*/
|
||
doubletime_seconds_worked?: number;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1TimecardEvent
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1TimecardEvent {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The event's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the timecard to list events for. See [V1TimecardEventEventType](#type-v1timecardeventeventtype) for
|
||
* possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
event_type?: V1TimecardEvent.EventTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time the employee clocked in, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
clockin_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time the employee clocked out, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
clockout_time?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time when the event was created, in ISO 8601 format.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1TimecardEvent {
|
||
export enum EventTypeEnum {
|
||
APICREATE = 'API_CREATE',
|
||
APIEDIT = 'API_EDIT',
|
||
APIDELETE = 'API_DELETE',
|
||
REGISTERCLOCKIN = 'REGISTER_CLOCKIN',
|
||
REGISTERCLOCKOUT = 'REGISTER_CLOCKOUT',
|
||
DASHBOARDSUPERVISORCLOSE = 'DASHBOARD_SUPERVISOR_CLOSE',
|
||
DASHBOARDEDIT = 'DASHBOARD_EDIT',
|
||
DASHBOARDDELETE = 'DASHBOARD_DELETE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/**
|
||
* Actions that resulted in a change to a timecard. All timecard events created with the Connect API have an event type
|
||
* that begins with `API`.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1TimecardEventEventType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateCategoryRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field
|
||
* details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1Category;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateDiscountRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field
|
||
* details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1Discount;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateEmployeeRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field
|
||
* details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1Employee;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field
|
||
* details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1EmployeeRole;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateFeeRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field
|
||
* details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1Fee;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateItemRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field
|
||
* details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1Item;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1UpdateModifierListRequest
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1UpdateModifierListRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The modifier list's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether multiple options from the modifier list can be applied to a single item. See
|
||
* [V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType](#type-v1updatemodifierlistrequestselectiontype) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
selection_type?: V1UpdateModifierListRequest.SelectionTypeEnum;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1UpdateModifierListRequest {
|
||
export enum SelectionTypeEnum {
|
||
SINGLE = 'SINGLE',
|
||
MULTIPLE = 'MULTIPLE',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateModifierOptionRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1ModifierOption;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1UpdateOrderRequest
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1UpdateOrderRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The action to perform on the order (COMPLETE, CANCEL, or REFUND). See
|
||
* [V1UpdateOrderRequestAction](#type-v1updateorderrequestaction) for possible values
|
||
*/
|
||
action: V1UpdateOrderRequest.ActionEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The tracking number of the shipment associated with the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE.
|
||
*/
|
||
shipped_tracking_number?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A merchant-specified note about the completion of the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE.
|
||
*/
|
||
completed_note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A merchant-specified note about the refunding of the order. Only valid if action is REFUND.
|
||
*/
|
||
refunded_note?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A merchant-specified note about the canceling of the order. Only valid if action is CANCEL.
|
||
*/
|
||
canceled_note?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1UpdateOrderRequest {
|
||
export enum ActionEnum {
|
||
COMPLETE = 'COMPLETE',
|
||
CANCEL = 'CANCEL',
|
||
REFUND = 'REFUND',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateOrderRequestAction {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdatePageCellRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1PageCell;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdatePageRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1Page;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateTimecardRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1Timecard;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1UpdateVariationRequest {
|
||
/**
|
||
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details.
|
||
*/
|
||
body: V1Variation;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* V1Variation
|
||
*/
|
||
export class V1Variation {
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item variation's unique ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item variation's name.
|
||
*/
|
||
name?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the variation's associated item.
|
||
*/
|
||
item_id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates the variation's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard. If more
|
||
* than one variation for the same item has the same ordinal value, those variations are displayed in alphabetical
|
||
* order
|
||
*/
|
||
ordinal?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale.
|
||
* See [V1VariationPricingType](#type-v1variationpricingtype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
pricing_type?: V1Variation.PricingTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item variation's price, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
price_money?: V1Money;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The item variation's SKU, if any.
|
||
*/
|
||
sku?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, inventory tracking is active for the variation.
|
||
*/
|
||
track_inventory?: boolean;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its
|
||
* inventory_alert_threshold. See [V1VariationInventoryAlertType](#type-v1variationinventoryalerttype) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
inventory_alert_type?: V1Variation.InventoryAlertTypeEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and inventory_alert_type is
|
||
* LOW_QUANTITY, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard.
|
||
*/
|
||
inventory_alert_threshold?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Arbitrary metadata associated with the variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters.
|
||
*/
|
||
user_data?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID.
|
||
*/
|
||
v2_id?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace V1Variation {
|
||
export enum PricingTypeEnum {
|
||
FIXEDPRICING = 'FIXED_PRICING',
|
||
VARIABLEPRICING = 'VARIABLE_PRICING',
|
||
}
|
||
export enum InventoryAlertTypeEnum {
|
||
LOWQUANTITY = 'LOW_QUANTITY',
|
||
NONE = 'NONE',
|
||
INVESTMENT = 'INVESTMENT',
|
||
LOAN = 'LOAN',
|
||
SAVINGS = 'SAVINGS',
|
||
OTHER = 'OTHER',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class V1VariationInventoryAlertType {}
|
||
|
||
export class V1VariationPricingType {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the request body for calls to the VoidTransaction endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class VoidTransactionRequest {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the VoidTransaction endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class VoidTransactionResponse {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Any errors that occurred during the request.
|
||
*/
|
||
errors?: Array<Error>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The days of the week.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class Weekday {}
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sets the Day of the week and hour of the day that a business starts a work week. Used for the calculation of overtime pay.
|
||
*/
|
||
export class WorkweekConfig {
|
||
/**
|
||
* UUID for this object
|
||
*/
|
||
id?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The day of the week on which a business week cuts over for compensation purposes.
|
||
* See [Weekday](#type-weekday) for possible values.
|
||
*/
|
||
start_of_week: WorkweekConfig.StartOfWeekEnum;
|
||
/**
|
||
* The local time at which a business week cuts over. Represented as a string in `HH:MM` format (`HH:MM:SS` is also
|
||
* accepted, but seconds are truncated).
|
||
*/
|
||
start_of_day_local_time: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at
|
||
* time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write.
|
||
*/
|
||
version?: number;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC.
|
||
*/
|
||
created_at?: string;
|
||
/**
|
||
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC.
|
||
*/
|
||
updated_at?: string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export namespace WorkweekConfig {
|
||
export enum StartOfWeekEnum {
|
||
MON = 'MON',
|
||
TUE = 'TUE',
|
||
WED = 'WED',
|
||
THU = 'THU',
|
||
FRI = 'FRI',
|
||
SAT = 'SAT',
|
||
SUN = 'SUN',
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class ApplePayApi {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Activates a domain for use with Web Apple Pay and Square.
|
||
* A validation will be performed on this domain by Apple to ensure is it properly set up as an Apple Pay enabled domain.
|
||
* This endpoint provides an easy way for platform developers to bulk activate Web Apple Pay with Square for merchants using
|
||
* their platform. To learn more about Apple Pay on Web see the Apple Pay section in the
|
||
* [Embedding the Square Payment Form](/payments/sqpaymentform/overview) guide.
|
||
*/
|
||
registerDomain(params: RegisterDomainRequest): Promise<RegisterDomainResponse>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CatalogApi {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Deletes a set of [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s based on the provided list of target IDs and returns a set of successfully
|
||
* deleted IDs in the response. Deletion is a cascading event such that all children of the targeted object are also deleted.
|
||
* For example, deleting a CatalogItem will also delete all of its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) children.
|
||
* `BatchDeleteCatalogObjects` succeeds even if only a portion of the targeted IDs can be deleted.
|
||
* The response will only include IDs that were actually deleted.
|
||
*/
|
||
batchDeleteCatalogObjects(params: BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest): Promise<BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Returns a set of objects based on the provided ID. Each [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) returned in the set includes all of
|
||
* its child information including: all of its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) objects, references to its
|
||
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) objects, and the ids of any [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects that apply to it.
|
||
*/
|
||
batchRetrieveCatalogObjects(params: BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest): Promise<BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Creates or updates up to 10,000 target objects based on the provided list of objects. The target objects are grouped into
|
||
* batches and each batch is inserted/updated in an all-or-nothing manner. If an object within a batch is malformed in some way,
|
||
* or violates a database constraint, the entire batch containing that item will be disregarded. However, other batches in
|
||
* the same request may still succeed. Each batch may contain up to 1,000 objects, and batches will be processed in order as long
|
||
* as the total object count for the request (items, variations, modifier lists, discounts, and taxes) is no more than 10,000.
|
||
*/
|
||
batchUpsertCatalogObjects(params: BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest): Promise<BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Returns information about the Square Catalog API, such as batch size limits for `BatchUpsertCatalogObjects`.
|
||
*/
|
||
catalogInfo(params: CatalogInfoRequest): Promise<CatalogInfoResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Deletes a single [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) based on the provided ID and returns the set of successfully deleted
|
||
* IDs in the response. Deletion is a cascading event such that all children of the targeted object are also deleted.
|
||
* For example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will also delete all of its
|
||
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) children.
|
||
*/
|
||
deleteCatalogObject(params: DeleteCatalogObjectRequest): Promise<DeleteCatalogObjectResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Returns a list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s that includes all objects of a set of desired types
|
||
* (for example, all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) and [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects) in the catalog.
|
||
* The types parameter is specified as a comma-separated list of valid [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)
|
||
* types: `ITEM`, `ITEM_VARIATION`, `MODIFIER`, `MODIFIER_LIST`, `CATEGORY`, `DISCOUNT`, `TAX`.
|
||
*/
|
||
listCatalog(params: ListCatalogRequest): Promise<ListCatalogResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Returns a single [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) as a [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) based on the provided ID.
|
||
* The returned object includes all of the relevant [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) information including:
|
||
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) children, references to its [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)
|
||
* objects, and the ids of any [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects that apply to it.
|
||
*/
|
||
retrieveCatalogObject(params: RetrieveCatalogObjectRequest): Promise<RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Queries the targeted catalog using a variety of query types: [CatalogQuerySortedAttribute](#type-catalogquerysortedattribute),
|
||
* [CatalogQueryExact](#type-catalogqueryexact), [CatalogQueryRange](#type-catalogqueryrange),
|
||
* [CatalogQueryText](#type-catalogquerytext), [CatalogQueryItemsForTax](#type-catalogqueryitemsfortax),
|
||
* and [CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList](#type-catalogqueryitemsformodifierlist).
|
||
*/
|
||
searchCatalogObjects(params: SearchCatalogObjectsRequest): Promise<SearchCatalogObjectsResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Updates the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) objects that apply to the targeted
|
||
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) without having to perform an upsert on the entire item.
|
||
*/
|
||
updateItemModifierLists(params: UpdateItemModifierListsRequest): Promise<UpdateItemModifierListsResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Updates the [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects that apply to the targeted [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)
|
||
* without having to perform an upsert on the entire item.
|
||
*/
|
||
updateItemTaxes(params: UpdateItemTaxesRequest): Promise<UpdateItemTaxesResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Creates or updates the target [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject).
|
||
*/
|
||
upsertCatalogObject(params: UpsertCatalogObjectRequest): Promise<UpsertCatalogObjectResponse>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CheckoutApi {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Links a `checkoutId` to a `checkout_page_url` that customers will be directed to in order to provide their payment
|
||
* information using a payment processing workflow hosted on connect.squareup.com.
|
||
*/
|
||
createCheckout(params: CreateCheckoutRequest): Promise<CreateCheckoutResponse>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class CustomersApi {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Creates a new customer for a business, which can have associated cards on file. You must provide at least one of the
|
||
* following values in your request to this endpoint: `given_name`. `family_name`, `company_name`, `email_address`,`phone_number`.
|
||
*/
|
||
createCustomer(params: CreateCustomerRequest): Promise<CreateCustomerResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Adds a card on file to an existing customer. As with charges, calls to `CreateCustomerCard` are idempotent.
|
||
* Multiple calls with the same card nonce return the same card record that was created with the provided nonce during the
|
||
* _first_ call. Cards on file are automatically updated on a monthly basis to confirm they are still valid and can be charged.
|
||
*/
|
||
createCustomerCard(params: CreateCustomerCardRequest): Promise<CreateCustomerCardResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Deletes a customer from a business, along with any linked cards on file. When two profiles are merged into a single profile,
|
||
* that profile is assigned a new `customer_id`. You must use the new `customer_id` to delete merged profiles.
|
||
*/
|
||
deleteCustomer(params: DeleteCustomerRequest): Promise<DeleteCustomerResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Removes a card on file from a customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
deleteCustomerCard(params: DeleteCustomerCardRequest): Promise<DeleteCustomerCardResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Lists a business's customers.
|
||
*/
|
||
listCustomers(params: ListCustomersRequest): Promise<ListCustomersResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Returns details for a single customer.
|
||
*/
|
||
retrieveCustomer(params: RetrieveCustomerRequest): Promise<RetrieveCustomerResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Searches the customer profiles associated with a Square account.
|
||
* Calling SearchCustomers without an explicit query parameter returns all customer profiles ordered alphabetically based
|
||
* on `given_name` and `family_name`.
|
||
*/
|
||
searchCustomers(params: SearchCustomersRequest): Promise<SearchCustomersResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Updates the details of an existing customer. When two profiles are merged into a single profile, that profile is assigned
|
||
* a new `customer_id`. You must use the new `customer_id` to update merged profiles.
|
||
* You cannot edit a customer's cards on file with this endpoint. To make changes to a card on file, you must delete the
|
||
* existing card on file with the [DeleteCustomerCard](#endpoint-customers-deletecustomercard) endpoint, then create a
|
||
* new one with the [CreateCustomerCard](#endpoint-customers-createcustomercard) endpoint.
|
||
*/
|
||
updateCustomer(params: UpdateCustomerRequest): Promise<UpdateCustomerResponse>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
export class OrdersApi {
|
||
/**
|
||
* Retrieves a set of [Order](#type-order)s by their IDs.
|
||
* If a given Order ID does not exist, the ID is ignored instead of generating an error.
|
||
*/
|
||
batchRetrieveOrders(params: BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest): Promise<BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse>;
|
||
/**
|
||
* Creates an [Order](#type-order) that can then be referenced as `order_id` in a request to the [Charge](#endpoint-charge)
|
||
* endpoint. Orders specify products for purchase, along with discounts, taxes, and other settings to apply to the purchase.
|
||
* To associate a created order with a request to the Charge endpoint, provide the order's `id` in the `order_id` field of
|
||
* your request. You cannot modify an order after you create it. If you need to modify an order, instead create a new order
|
||
* with modified details. To learn more about the Orders API, see the [Orders API Overview](/products/orders/overview).
|
||
*/
|
||
createOrder(params: CreateOrderRequest): Promise<CreateOrderResponse>;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// TBU...
|
||
export class EmployeesApi {}
|
||
export class LaborApi {}
|
||
export class MobileAuthorizationApi {}
|
||
export class OAuthApi {}
|
||
export class ReportingApi {}
|
||
export class TransactionsApi {}
|
||
export class V1EmployeesApi {}
|
||
export class V1ItemsApi {}
|
||
export class V1LocationsApi {}
|
||
export class V1TransactionsApi {}
|